UACSC AUTO TRUSTS
S-3/A, 1996-07-17
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: ASSET SECURITIZATION CORP COMM MOR PASS THR CERT SER 1995-D1, 8-K, 1996-07-17
Next: COAST RESORTS INC, S-4/A, 1996-07-17




     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17 1996
                                                     Registration  No. 333-06929
                     Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration No. 33-97320
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                       AND POST EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    

                                UACSC AUTO TRUSTS
                     (Issuer with respect to the securities)

                         UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                   (Originator of the Trusts described herein)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Delaware                                          35-1937340
(State or other jurisdiction                            (I.R.S. Employer 
    of incorporation or                                Identification No.)
organization of registrant)

                      250 North Shadeland Ave., Suite 210A
                           Indianapolis, Indiana 46219
                                 (317) 231-6400
                        (Address, including ZIP code, and
                          telephone number, including
                           area code, of registrant's
                          principal place of business)

                                 MELANIE S. OTTO
                         UAC Securitization Corporation
                      250 North Shadeland Ave., Suite 210A
                           Indianapolis, Indiana 46219
                                 (317) 231-7939

                       (Name, address, including ZIP code,
                        and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:
      ERIC R. MOY, ESQ.                              RICHARD M. SCHETMAN, ESQ.
     Barnes & Thornburg                            Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
1313 Merchants Bank Building                              100 Maiden Lane
  11 South Meridian Street                           New York, New York  10038
 Indianapolis, Indiana 46204

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  From time
to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement as determined by
market conditions.

     If the only  securities  being  registered  on this Form are being  offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. [ ]

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [X]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
<PAGE>

   
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=====================================================================================================================
                                                              Proposed          Proposed maximum         Amount of
     Title of each class of           Amount to be        maximum offering     aggregate offering      registration
   securities to be registered         registered        price per unit (1)         price (1)             fee (2)
- - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                         <C>             <C>                      <C>        
    Asset Backed Certificates      $2,000,000,000.00            100%           $2,000,000,000.00         $689,655.17
=====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
    

(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

   
(2)  Determined  pursuant to Section  6(b) of the  Securities  Act.  $120,689.66
     previously  paid in connection  with the filing of Form S-3 ($8,184.67) and
     Registration No. 33-97320 ($112,504.99).
    

     The registrant  hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

     Pursuant to Rule 429 under the  Securities  Act, upon  effectiveness,  this
Registration Statement shall contain a combined prospectus which also relates to
$326,264,490.97   aggregate  amount  of  securities   registered  on  Form  S-3,
Registration  No. 33-97320,  which was declared  effective on November 17, 1995.
This Registration Statement also constitutes  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to
Registration No. 33-97320.


<PAGE>

                                INTRODUCTORY NOTE

         This Registration  Statement contains a form of Prospectus  relating to
the offering of Series of Asset Backed Certificates by various UACSC Auto Trusts
created  from time to time by UAC  Securitization  Corporation  and two forms of
Prospectus  Supplement relating to the offering by UACSC 199 - Auto Trust of the
particular Series of Asset Backed Certificates  described therein.  Each form of
Prospectus  Supplement relates only to the securities described therein and is a
form that may be used, among others, by UAC Securitization  Corporation to offer
Asset Backed Certificates under this Registration Statement.


















                                       I-2

<PAGE>

                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

      Name and Caption in Form S-3           Caption in Prospectus              
      ----------------------------           ---------------------
                                             
1.    Foreport of the Registration           
      Statement and Outside Front            
      Cover Page of Prospectus............   Front  Cover  Page of  Registration
                                             Statement; Outside Front Cover Page
                                             of   Prospectus    and   Prospectus
                                             Supplements
                                             
2.    Inside Front and Outside Back          
      Cover Pages of Prospectus...........   Inside   Front   Page    Prospectus
                                             Supplements
                                             
3.    Summary Information, Risk Factors      
      and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed         
      Charges.............................   Summary   of   Terms    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements and Prospectuses), Risk
                                             Factors (Prospectus Supplements and
                                             Prospectus);  Yield and  Prepayment
                                             Considerations          (Prospectus
                                             Supplement)
                                             
4.    Use of Proceeds.....................   Use of Proceeds (Prospectus)
                                             
5.    Determination of Offering Price.....   *
                                             
6.    Dilution............................   *
                                             
7.    Selling Security Holders............   *
                                             
8.    Plan of Distribution................   Underwriting
                                             
9.    Description of Securities to Be        
      Registered..........................   Summary   of   Terms    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements  and  Prospectus);  The
                                             Receivables Pools (Prospectus), The
                                             Receivables     Pool    (Prospectus
                                             Supplements);     Description    of
                                             Certificates   (Prospectus);    The
                                             Offered  Certificates   (Prospectus
                                             Supplements); Certain Legal Aspects
                                             of  the  Receivables  (Prospectus);
                                             Certain    Federal    Income    Tax
                                             Consequences (Prospectus)
                                             
                                             
10.   Interests of Named Experts and         
      Counsel.............................   Legal Opinions
                                             
11.   Material Changes....................   *
                                             
12.   Information with Respect to the        
      Registrant..........................   Union  Acceptance  Corporation  and
                                             Affiliates (Prospectus); The Trusts
                                             (Prospectus);   Formation   of  the
                                             Trust   (Prospectus   Supplements);
                                             Description  of  the   Certificates
                                             (Prospectus);      The      Offered
                                             Certificates (Prospectus 
                                             Supplement)
                                             
13.   Incorporation of Certain               
      Information by Reference............   Incorporation       of      Certain
                                             Information       by      Reference
                                             (Prospectus)
                                             
14.   Disclosure of Commission Position      
      on Indemnification for Securities      
      Act Liabilities.....................   See page II-2
- - - - -------------
*Not Applicable

<PAGE>

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY, NOR SHALL
THERE  BY ANY SALE OF  THESE  SECURITIES  IN ANY  STATE  IN  WHICH  SUCH  OFFER,
SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO  REGISTRATION  OR  QUALIFICATION
UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

   
Subject to Completion dated July 17, 1996
Prospectus Supplement
(To Prospectus Dated July 17, 1996)
    

$                                                       [LOGO HERE]
 -----------------------

UACSC 199__-__ Auto Trust
$______________  _____% Class A Automobile Receivable Pass-Through Certificates
Class I Interest Only Automobile Receivable Pass-Through Certificates

UAC Securitization Corporation
Depositor

Union Acceptance Corporation
Servicer

Principal, and interest at the applicable Pass-Through Rate shown above, will be
distributed  to Class A  Certificateholders  on the third business day after the
5th day of each month (the "Distribution Date"), beginning _________,199__.  The
final scheduled  Distribution  Date of the Class A Certificates  will be _______
_______ (the "Final Scheduled Distribution Date"). The Class I Certificates will
not receive principal payments, but interest at the Class I Pass-Through Rate of
___% per annum on the Notional Principal Amount (as defined herein) of the Class
I  Certificates  will  be  distributed  to  Class I  Certificateholders  on each
Distribution   Date.   The   Original   Notional   Principal   Amount   will  be
$____________and  will  decrease on each  Distribution  Date.  Each  Certificate
offered hereby will  represent an undivided  interest in the UACSC 199__-__ Auto
Trust (the "Trust") to be formed by UAC Securitization  Corporation,  a Delaware
corporation,  having its principal office and place of business in Indianapolis,
Indiana (the "Depositor").  The Trust property will include a pool of simple and
precomputed  interest installment sale and installment loan contracts originated
in  various  states in the  United  States of  America,  secured by new and used
automobiles,  light  trucks  and vans (the  "Receivables"),  certain  monies due
thereunder  as of and  after  ________,  199__  (the  "Cutoff  Date"),  security
interests in the vehicles financed thereby and certain other property. The Trust
Property will also include an irrevocable  surety bond guaranteeing  payments of
interest and principal on the Class A Certificates  and Class I Monthly Interest
(the  "Surety  Bond")  issued  by  ______________________________  and a  Spread
Account  for the benefit of the Class A and the Class I  Certificateholders,  as
well as the surety bond issuer.


<PAGE>

Concurrently  with the  issuance  of the  Class A  Certificates  and the Class I
Certificates, the Trust will issue a Class IC Automobile Receivable Pass-Through
Certificate  (the  "Class IC  Certificate").  The Class IC  Certificate  will be
issued to UAC Securitization Corporation, the Depositor, and will not be offered
hereby.  The Class A  Certificates  and the Class I  Certificates  are  together
sometimes referred to herein as the "Offered Certificates."

Prior to their  issuance  there has been no market for the Offered  Certificates
nor can there be any  assurance  that one will  develop,  or if it does develop,
that it will provide the holders of the Offered  Certificates  with liquidity or
will continue for the life of the Offered Certificates. The Underwriters intend,
but are not obligated, to make a market in the Offered Certificates.

The yield to maturity of the Class I Certificates  will be sensitive to the rate
and timing of principal  payments  (including  prepayments) on the  Receivables.
Investors  in the Class I  Certificates  should fully  consider  the  associated
risks,  including the risk that a rapid rate of principal  payments could result
in the failure of such investors to recoup their initial investments.  See "Risk
Factors  --  Prepayment  Risks   Associated  with  Class  I  Certificates"   and
"Termination  Upon Insolvency Event of the Class IC  Certificateholder",  "Yield
and  Prepayment  Considerations"  and "The Offered  Certificates  -- The Class I
Certificates -- Calculation of Notional Principal Amount" herein.

Prospective  investors should consider,  among other things, the information set
forth  under "Risk  Factors" on page S-10 hereof and page 10 of the  Prospectus.

THE   CERTIFICATES  DO  NOT  REPRESENT   INTERESTS  IN  OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF  UAC
SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION OR ANY AFFILIATE  THEREOF.  NEITHER THESE SECURITIES
NOR THE UNDERLYING RECEIVABLES WILL BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================
                                          Price to              Underwriting         Proceeds to
                                          Public                Discounts  (1)       Depositor (2)
<S>                                     <C>                    <C>                  <C>  
Per Class A Certificate................   _________%            _______%             ____________%
Per Class I Certificate................   _________%            _______%             ____________%
Total..................................   $__________           $_________           $____________
===================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  With respect to the Class I Certificates,  the Price to Public and Proceeds
     to Depositor are expressed as a percentage of the Notional Principal Amount
     (initially $_____________), and the Underwriting Discounts are expressed as
     a percentage of the related Price to Public.

(2)  Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $_____________.

The Offered  Certificates  are offered,  subject to prior sale,  when, as and if
accepted by the  Underwriters,  and subject to approval of certain legal matters
by Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft, counsel for the Underwriters.  It is expected
that delivery of the Offered  Certificates in book-entry form will be made on or
about  ___________,  199___  through  the  facilities  of The  Depository  Trust
Company, against payment therefor in immediately available funds.






The date of this Prospectus Supplement is _____________, 199___.

<PAGE>



         THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT
THE OFFERING OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN
THE PROSPECTUS, AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES MAY NOT
BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND THE PROSPECTUS.  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  CONTAINS  INFORMATION  THAT IS
SPECIFIC  TO THE  TRUST  AND THE  OFFERED  CERTIFICATES  AND,  TO  THAT  EXTENT,
SUPPLEMENTS  AND  REPLACES  THE  MORE  GENERAL   INFORMATION   PROVIDED  IN  THE
PROSPECTUS.


         IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS  WHICH  STABILIZE  OR  MAINTAIN  THE  MARKET  PRICE  OF THE
CERTIFICATES  AT A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.


         Until 90 days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the Offered Certificates, whether or not participating
in this distribution,  may be required to deliver this Prospectus Supplement and
the Prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver this
Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus when acting as  underwriters  and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                          REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         Unless and until  definitive  certificates are issued (which will occur
only under the limited circumstances  described herein),  _________________,  as
Trustee,  will  provide  to Cede & Co.,  the  nominee  of The  Depository  Trust
Company,  as registered  holder of the Class A Certificates,  monthly and annual
statements  concerning the Trust and the Class A  Certificates.  Such statements
will also be provided  to the  registered  holders of the Class I  Certificates.
Such statements will not constitute  financial statements prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. A copy of the most recent monthly
or annual  statement  concerning the Trust and the Offered  Certificates  may be
obtained by contacting the Servicer at Union Acceptance  Corporation,  250 North
Shadeland Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219 (telephone (317) 231-7965).



                                      S-2
<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

         This  Summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information   appearing   elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus   Supplement  and  the
Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Summary are defined elsewhere
in this Prospectus  Supplement on the pages indicated in the "Index of Principal
Terms" or, to the extent not defined herein,  have the meanings assigned to such
terms in the Prospectus.

Issuer  ..............................UACSC 199__-__ Auto Trust.

Depositor.............................UAC   Securitization    Corporation   (the
                                        "Depositor").

Servicer .............................Union  Acceptance   Corporation   (in  its
                                        capacity as  servicer,  the  "Servicer,"
                                        otherwise "UAC").

Trustee  .............................________________________

The Certificates  ....................The Trust  will be formed  and will  issue
                                        the    Certificates    on    or    about
                                        ____________    (the   "Closing   Date")
                                        pursuant  to  a  pooling  and  servicing
                                        agreement  (the  "Pooling and  Servicing
                                        Agreement").   The   Certificates   will
                                        consist   of:   (i)   _____%   Class   A
                                        Automobile    Receivable    Pass-Through
                                        Certificates in the aggregate  principal
                                        amount  of  $______________;   (ii)  the
                                        Class   I   Interest   Only   Automobile
                                        Receivable  Pass-Through   Certificates;
                                        and  (iii)   the  Class  IC   Automobile
                                        Receivable Pass-Through Certificate. The
                                        Class I  Certificates  are interest only
                                        certificates   and  will   not   receive
                                        distributions of principal. The Class IC
                                        Certificate   will  be   issued  to  the
                                        Depositor on the Closing Date and is not
                                        being  offered   hereby.   Each  of  the
                                        Certificates will represent a fractional
                                        undivided  interest  in the  Trust.  The
                                        Trust    assets    will    include   the
                                        Receivables,    certain    monies    due
                                        thereunder  as of and after  the  Cutoff
                                        Date,  security interests in the related
                                        Financed Vehicles,  monies on deposit in
                                        the Certificate Account and the proceeds
                                        thereof,  any  proceeds  from  claims on
                                        certain  insurance  policies relating to
                                        the  Financed  Vehicles  or the  related
                                        Obligors,  any lender's  single interest
                                        insurance policy, the Spread Account for
                                        the  benefit  of the Class A and Class I
                                        Certificateholders  and the surety  bond
                                        issuer,  the Surety Bond for the benefit
                                        of   the    Class   A   and    Class   I
                                        Certificateholders  and  certain  rights
                                        under   the   Pooling   and    Servicing
                                        Agreement.    Interest   paid   to   the
                                        Certificateholders    on    the    first
                                        Distribution Date will be based upon the
                                        amount  of  interest  accruing  from the
                                        Closing  Date,  and will  therefore  not
                                        include a full month's interest.


    The Class A Certificates  ........Interest.  Interest will be  distributable
                                        on  each   Distribution  Date  beginning
                                        ___________, 199__, to holders of record
                                        as of the last day of the calendar month
                                        immediately preceding the calendar month
                                        in which such  Distribution  Date occurs
                                        (the  "Record  Date")  of  the  Class  A
                                        Certificates      (the      "Class     A
                                        Certificateholders") in a maximum amount
                                        equal  to  the   product  of  1/12th  of
                                        _______%  (the  "Class  A   Pass-Through
                                        Rate")  and  the  aggregate  outstanding
                                        principal   balance   of  the   Class  A
                                        Certificates (the "Certificate Balance")
                                        as of the  preceding  Distribution  Date
                                        (after     giving    effect    to    all


                                      S-3
<PAGE>

                                        distributions to  Certificateholders  on
                                        such  date) or, in the case of the first
                                        Distribution  Date,  as of  the  Closing
                                        Date.    Interest   on   the   Class   A
                                        Certificates  will be  calculated on the
                                        basis of a 360-day  year  consisting  of
                                        twelve  30-day months or, in the case of
                                        the first  Distribution Date, the number
                                        of days from the Closing Date  remaining
                                        in the month of the closing  (assuming a
                                        30-day   month).    See   "The   Offered
                                        Certificates  --  Distributions  on  the
                                        Offered  Certificates".   The  effective
                                        yield on the Class A  Certificates  will
                                        be below that otherwise  produced by the
                                        applicable Pass-Through Rate because the
                                        distribution  of Monthly  Principal  (as
                                        defined   below)  and  Class  A  Monthly
                                        Interest  in respect of any given  month
                                        will  not  be  made   until   the  third
                                        business  day after  the fifth  calendar
                                        day  of   the   following   month   (the
                                        "Distribution  Date").  See  "Yield  and
                                        Prepayment Considerations" herein.

                                      Principal.  On each Distribution Date, the
                                        Trustee will  distribute as principal to
                                        the  Class  A  Certificateholders  in  a
                                        maximum  aggregate  amount  equal to the
                                        aggregate  outstanding  principal amount
                                        of the Receivables  (the "Pool Balance")
                                        on the last day of the second  preceding
                                        calendar  month (or,  in the case of the
                                        first   Distribution  Date,  as  of  the
                                        Cutoff  Date)  less the Pool  Balance on
                                        the   last   day  of   the   immediately
                                        preceding   calendar   month   ("Monthly
                                        Principal").    For   the   purpose   of
                                        determining   Monthly   Principal,   the
                                        unpaid principal  balance of a Defaulted
                                        Receivable  or  a  Purchased  Receivable
                                        will be  deemed  to be zero on and after
                                        the  last day of the  calendar  month in
                                        which such Receivable became a Defaulted
                                        Receivable or a Purchased Receivable, as
                                        applicable.

                                      The weighted  average  life of the Offered
                                        Certificates  will be reduced by full or
                                        partial  prepayments on the  Receivables
                                        (except  certain  prepayments in respect
                                        of  Precomputed  Receivables).  See "The
                                        Offered Certificates--  Distributions on
                                        the Offered Certificates" herein.


       The Class I Certificate........Interest.  The  Class I  Certificates  are
                                        interest  only  certificates  which will
                                        not  be   entitled   to  any   principal
                                        distributions.  Interest  will accrue on
                                        the Notional  Principal  Amount (defined
                                        below)  of the Class I  Certificates  at
                                        the rate of ____% per annum (the  "Class
                                        I  Pass-Through   Rate").  The  Notional
                                        Principal Amount represents a designated
                                        principal  component of the Receivables,
                                        originally  $__________  (the  "Original
                                        Notional  Principal  Amount").  

                                        Interest  with  respect to  the  Class I
                                        Certificates will accrue on the basis of
                                        a  360-day  year  consisting  of  twelve
                                        30-day  months  or,  in the  case of the
                                        first  Distribution  Date, the number of
                                        days from the Closing Date  remaining in
                                        the  month of the  closing  (assuming  a
                                        30-day  month).   On  each  Distribution
                                        Date,  except  the  first   Distribution
                                        Date,  the Trustee shall  distribute pro
                                        rata to holders of Class I  Certificates
                                        (the  "Class I  Certificateholders")  of


                                      S-4
<PAGE>

                                        record as of the preceding  Record Date,
                                        Class I Monthly  Interest at the Class I
                                        Pass-Through   Rate   on  the   Notional
                                        Principal  Amount   outstanding  on  the
                                        immediately preceding  Distribution Date
                                        (after giving effect to any reduction of
                                        the  Notional  Principal  Amount on such
                                        Distribution  Date)  or,  in the case of
                                        the first  Distribution  Date, as of the
                                        Closing  Date.  Holders  of the  Class I
                                        Certificates will not be entitled to any
                                        distributions    after   the    Notional
                                        Principal   Amount   thereof   has  been
                                        reduced to zero.

                                      Planned Amortization Feature;  Calculation
                                        of  the  Class  I   Notional   Principal
                                        Amount.   The   Class   I   Certificates
                                        represent   an   interest-only   planned
                                        amortization    class.    The    planned
                                        amortization   feature  is  intended  to
                                        reduce the  uncertainty  to investors in
                                        the Class I Certificates with respect to
                                        prepayments.   Because   the   Class   I
                                        Certificates will receive interest based
                                        on their Notional Principal Amount, this
                                        is  accomplished by basing the reduction
                                        in the  Notional  Principal  Amount on a
                                        principal  paydown  schedule rather than
                                        on the reduction in the actual principal
                                        balances   of   the   Receivables,    as
                                        described  below.  The amount which will
                                        be     paid     to    the     Class    I
                                        Certificateholders  will  come  from the
                                        excess   of   interest   earned  on  the
                                        Receivables  over  the  Class A  Monthly
                                        Interest and the monthly  Servicing  Fee
                                        payable to the  Servicer  (the  "Monthly
                                        Servicing Fee").  Solely for the purpose
                                        of  calculating  the amount payable with
                                        respect to the Class I Certificates, the
                                        Certificate Balance will be divided into
                                        two  principal   components,   the  "PAC
                                        Component"     and    the     "Companion
                                        Component." The sum of the PAC Component
                                        and the Companion  Component will at all
                                        times  equal the then  aggregate  unpaid
                                        Certificate   Balance.   The   "Notional
                                        Principal   Amount"   of  the   Class  I
                                        Certificates  at any time  will be equal
                                        to the  principal  balance  of  the  PAC
                                        Component  as  calculated  based  on the
                                        allocations   of   principal    payments
                                        described       below,        originally
                                        $______________.

                                      The  Pooling   and   Servicing   Agreement
                                        establishes   a  schedule   (a  "Planned
                                        Notional   Principal  Amount  Schedule")
                                        which is set  forth  herein  under  "The
                                        Offered       Certificates-Class       I
                                        Certificates-Calculation   of   Notional
                                        Principal  Amount." On each Distribution
                                        Date,  the  Monthly  Principal  will  be
                                        allocated  first to the PAC Component in
                                        an amount up to the amount  necessary to
                                        reduce the amount thereof to the Planned
                                        Notional   Principal   Amount  for  such
                                        Distribution  Date,  as set forth in the
                                        Planned   Notional    Principal   Amount
                                        Schedule,   second,   to  the  Companion
                                        Component until the  outstanding  amount
                                        thereof is reduced to zero and third, to
                                        the PAC Component, without regard to the
                                        Planned Notional  Principal  Amount.  As
                                        described above, the Notional  Principal
                                        Amount of the Class I Certificates  will
                                        be equal to the  outstanding  amount  of
                                        the  PAC  Component  and  thus  will  be
                                        reduced as the PAC Component is reduced.

                                      The  Planned  Notional   Principal  Amount
                                        Schedule has been  prepared on the basis
                                        of the  assumption,  among other things,


                                      S-5
<PAGE>

                                        that  the   Receivables   prepay   at  a
                                        constant  rate between  ____% and _____%
                                        ABS  (as  defined  herein),  an  assumed
                                        annualized  constant rate of prepayments
                                        and the  prepayment  model  used in this
                                        Prospectus. The yield to maturity of the
                                        Class I  Certificates  will be sensitive
                                        to the  rate  and  timing  of  principal
                                        payments (including  prepayments) on the
                                        Receivables     and    may     fluctuate
                                        significantly  from time to time. If the
                                        Receivables  prepay at a  constant  rate
                                        within the range  assumed  in  preparing
                                        the Planned  Notional  Principal  Amount
                                        Schedule,  the PAC  Component  (and  the
                                        Notional Principal Amount of the Class I
                                        Certificates)   will   be   reduced   in
                                        accordance  with  the  Planned  Notional
                                        Principal   Amount   Schedule.   If  the
                                        Receivables  prepay at a  constant  rate
                                        higher than ___% ABS,  the amount of the
                                        Companion  Component  will be reduced to
                                        zero more quickly, and the amount of the
                                        PAC   Component    (and   the   Notional
                                        Principal   Amount   of  the   Class   I
                                        Certificates)   will  be  reduced   more
                                        quickly  than  provided  in the  Planned
                                        Notional   Principal   Amount  Schedule,
                                        thereby reducing the yield to holders of
                                        the Class I Certificates.  In general, a
                                        rapid  rate  of  principal   prepayments
                                        (including  liquidations  due to losses,
                                        repurchases and other dispositions) will
                                        have a material  negative  effect on the
                                        yield  to   maturity   of  the  Class  I
                                        Certificates.

                                      The  Planned  Notional   Principal  Amount
                                        Schedule is set forth  herein under "The
                                        Certificates -- The Class I Certificates
                                        --  Calculation  of  Notional  Principal
                                        Amount".  The Planned Notional Principal
                                        Amount Schedule has been prepared on the
                                        basis of certain assumptions,  which are
                                        described herein under "The Certificates
                                        --   Class  I   Yield   Considerations".
                                        Prospective  investors  in the  Class  I
                                        Certificates  should fully  consider the
                                        associated  risks,  including  the  risk
                                        that a rapid rate of  prepayments  could
                                        result in the  failure of  investors  in
                                        the Class I Certificates to recoup their
                                        initial investment. See "Risk Factors --
                                        Prepayment Risks Associated with Class I
                                        Certificates",   "Yield  and  Prepayment
                                        Considerations    --   The    Class    I
                                        Certificates"  and "The  Certificates --
                                        Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the
                                        Class IC Certificateholder" herein.

Subordination; Spread Account   ......The Depositor  will  establish  an account
                                        (the  "Spread  Account")  on the Closing
                                        Date.   On   each    Distribution   Date
                                        thereafter,  the  Servicer  will deposit
                                        into  the  Spread  Account  any  amounts
                                        remaining  in  the  Certificate  Account
                                        after  the  payment  on such date of all
                                        amounts  owing  pursuant  to the Pooling


                                      S-6
<PAGE>

                                        and    Servicing    Agreement   to   the
                                        Certificateholders (other than the Class
                                        IC  Certificateholder),  the Surety Bond
                                        Issuer and the  Servicer for the Monthly
                                        Servicing   Fee.   In  the  event   that
                                        Available Funds are  insufficient on any
                                        Distribution    Date    prior   to   the
                                        termination  of the Trust (after payment
                                        of the  Monthly  Servicing  Fee)  to pay
                                        Monthly  Principal and Class A and Class
                                        I  Monthly  Interest  to the Class A and
                                        Class I  Certificateholders,  draws will
                                        be made  on the  Spread  Account  to the
                                        extent of the  balance  thereof  and, if
                                        necessary,   the  Surety  Bond,  in  the
                                        manner  and  to  the  extent   described
                                        herein. The Spread Account is solely for
                                        the  benefit  of the Class A and Class I
                                        Certificateholders  and the Surety  Bond
                                        Issuer.  In  the  event  the  amount  on
                                        deposit  in the  Spread  Account is zero
                                        after giving effect to any draws thereon
                                        for the benefit of the Class A and Class
                                        I  Certificateholders,  and  there  is a
                                        default under the Surety  Bonds,  losses
                                        on  the   Receivables   will  be   borne
                                        directly   pro  rata  by  the   Class  A
                                        Certificateholders     and    Class    I
                                        Certificateholders, as described herein.
                                        Any  such  reduction  of  the  principal
                                        balance of the Receivables due to losses
                                        on the Receivables will also result in a
                                        reduction   of  the  Class  I   Notional
                                        Principal   Amount.   See  "The  Offered
                                        Certificates--   Distributions   on  the
                                        Offered  Certificates"  and "--Accounts"
                                        herein.


<PAGE>

                                      The  Class  A  Certificates  and  Class  I
                                        Certificates will be senior in right and
                                        interest  to the  Class IC  Certificate.
                                        The Class A  Certificateholders  and the
                                        Class  I  Certificateholders  will  have
                                        equal  rights  with  respect  to amounts
                                        collected  on or  with  respect  to  the
                                        Receivables  and  other  assets  of  the
                                        Trust in the event of a  shortfall.  The
                                        Trustee will first  withdraw  funds from
                                        the Spread Account on each  Distribution
                                        Date to the extent of any  shortfall  in
                                        the Class A and Class I Monthly Interest
                                        and the Monthly  Principal  as described
                                        above.  Any  amount  on  deposit  in the
                                        Spread Account on any Distribution  Date
                                        in excess of the Required  Spread Amount
                                        (defined below) after all other required
                                        deposits    thereto   and    withdrawals
                                        therefrom  have  been  made,  and  after
                                        payment therefrom of all amounts due the
                                        Surety Bond  Issuer will be  distributed
                                        to   the   holder   of  the   Class   IC
                                        Certificate      (the      "Class     IC
                                        Certificateholder").   Any   amount   so
                                        distributed     to    the    Class    IC
                                        Certificateholder  will no  longer be an
                                        asset of the Trust. While it is intended
                                        that the amount on deposit in the Spread
                                        Account will grow over time, through the
                                        deposit    thereto    of   the    excess
                                        collections, if any, on the Receivables,
                                        to the Required Spread Amount, there can
                                        be no  assurance  that such  growth will
                                        actually  occur.  The  "Required  Spread
                                        Amount" with respect to any Distribution
                                        Date  will  equal  ____% of the  initial
                                        Pool Balance.  If the average  aggregate
                                        yield of the Receivables  pool in excess
                                        of losses falls below a prescribed level
                                        set  forth in the  Insurance  Agreement,
                                        the  Required   Spread  Amount  will  be
                                        increased  to ___% of the Pool  Balance.
                                        Upon and  during the  continuance  of an
                                        Event of Default or upon the  occurrence
                                        of certain other events described in the
                                        Insurance  Agreement generally involving
                                        a failure of performance by the Servicer
                                        or a material  misrepresentation made by
                                        the  Servicer   under  the  Pooling  and
                                        Servicing  Agreement  or  the  Insurance
                                        Agreement,  the Required  Spread  Amount
                                        shall  be  equal  to  the  Surety   Bond
                                        Amount,  as further described below. See
                                        "The Offered  Certificates  -- Accounts"
                                        and -- "The Surety Bond" herein.

Surety Bond   ........................The Depositor  shall obtain an irrevocable
                                        surety bond (the "Surety  Bond")  issued
                                        by the Surety Bond Issuer (as  specified
                                        below),  for the  benefit of the Trustee


                                      S-7
<PAGE>

                                        on  behalf  of the  Class A and  Class I
                                        Certificateholders.  The  Trustee  shall
                                        draw on the  Surety  Bond  in the  event
                                        that sufficient  funds are not available
                                        (after payment of the Monthly  Servicing
                                        Fee  and  after   withdrawals  from  the
                                        Spread  Account  to pay the  Class A and
                                        Class   I   Certificateholders   on  any
                                        Distribution Date in accordance with the
                                        Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement)  to
                                        distribute  Class A and  Class I Monthly
                                        Interest  and Monthly  Principal,  up to
                                        the Surety Bond Amount. See "The Offered
                                        Certificates--The Surety Bond."


Surety Bond Amount   .................The term "Surety  Bond Amount"  means with
                                        respect to any  Distribution  Date:  (x)
                                        the  sum of (A)  the  lesser  of (i) the
                                        Certificate Balance (after giving effect
                                        to any  distribution  of Available Funds
                                        and any funds  withdrawn from the Spread
                                        Account to pay Monthly Principal on such
                                        Distribution  Date)  and  (ii)  the  Net
                                        Principal  Surety Bond Amount,  plus (B)
                                        Class A Monthly Interest, plus (C) Class
                                        I Monthly Interest, plus (D) the Monthly
                                        Servicing  Fee;  less (y) all amounts on
                                        deposit  in the  Spread  Account on such
                                        Distribution Date. "Net Principal Surety
                                        Bond  Amount"   means  the   Certificate
                                        Balance  as of  the  first  Distribution
                                        Date minus all amounts  previously drawn
                                        on the  Surety  Bond or from the  Spread
                                        Account    with   respect   to   Monthly
                                        Principal.

Surety Bond Issuer   ................._______________________________________.

Optional Sale.........................The  Class  IC  Certificateholder  has the
                                        right to cause the  Trustee  to sell all
                                        the  Receivables  (referred to herein as
                                        an  "Optional  Sale") as of the last day
                                        of any Collection  Period, at a purchase
                                        price equal to the fair market  value of
                                        the  Receivables  (but not less than the
                                        sum of (i) their  aggregate  outstanding
                                        principal   balance   plus  accrued  and
                                        unpaid  interest  thereon  and  (ii) any
                                        amounts due the Surety Bond Issuer),  if
                                        (i) the  Certificate  Balance  as of the
                                        following  Distribution  Date will equal
                                        10% or less of the  initial  Certificate
                                        Balance  and (ii) the  Class I  Notional
                                        Principal  Amount  has been  reduced  to
                                        zero.

Tax Status............................In the opinion of special  tax  counsel to
                                        the  Depositor,  the  Trust  will not be
                                        treated as an  association  taxable as a
                                        corporation  or  as a  "publicly  traded
                                        partnership"  taxable as a  corporation.
                                        The Trustee  and the  Certificateholders
                                        will  agree  to  treat  the  Trust  as a
                                        partnership   for  federal   income  tax
                                        purposes,  which  will not be subject to
                                        federal  income tax at the Trust  level.
                                        See   "Certain    Federal   Income   Tax
                                        Consequences" in the Prospectus.

Ratings  .............................As a  condition to  the  issuance  of  the
                                        Offered  Certificates,  the  Class A and
                                        Class I  Certificates  must be  rated in
                                        the  highest  category  by at least  one
                                        nationally recognized rating agency. The
                                        rating of the Class I Certificates  does
                                        not address the  possibility  that rapid
                                        rates    of    principal    prepayments,


                                      S-8
<PAGE>

                                        including  prepayments  resulting from a
                                        sale   of  the   Receivables   upon   an
                                        Insolvency  Event  with  respect  to the
                                        Class IC Certificateholder, could result
                                        in a failure of the holders of the Class
                                        I  Certificates  to fully  recover their
                                        investment.  A security  rating is not a
                                        recommendation  to  buy,  sell  or  hold
                                        securities   and  may  be   subject   to
                                        revision  or  withdrawal  at any time by
                                        the   assigning   rating   agency.   See
                                        "Certificate Rating".

ERISA Considerations..................Subject  to the  considerations  discussed
                                        under "ERISA  Considerations" herein and
                                        in   the   Prospectus,   the   Class   A
                                        Certificates    and    the    Class    I
                                        Certificates   may   be   eligible   for
                                        purchase  by  employee   benefit   plans
                                        subject  to  the   Employee   Retirement
                                        Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended
                                        ("ERISA").  Any benefit  plan  fiduciary
                                        considering  the  purchase of an Offered
                                        Certificate should,  among other things,
                                        consult with  experienced  legal counsel
                                        in  determining   whether  all  required
                                        conditions  for such  purchase have been
                                        satisfied.  See  "ERISA  Considerations"
                                        herein and in the Prospectus.


                                      S-9
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         Investors should carefully  consider the information set forth below as
well as the other investment considerations described in this prospectus.

Limited Liquidity

         There is currently no  secondary  market for the Offered  Certificates.
The Underwriters  currently intend to make a market in the Offered Certificates,
but are under no obligation to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary
market  will   develop  or,  if  one  does   develop,   that  it  will   provide
Certificateholders with liquidity of investment or that it will continue for the
life of the Offered Certificates.

Certificates Solely Obligations of the Trust

         The Offered  Certificates  are  interests  in the Trust only and do not
represent  the  obligation  of  any  other  person.  The  Class  A and  Class  I
Certificateholders   are  senior  in  right  and   interest   to  the  Class  IC
Certificateholder (as described under "The Offered Certificates -- Distributions
on the Offered  Certificates").  The Trustee will withdraw funds from the Spread
Account, up to the full balance of the funds on deposit in such account, only in
the event that Available  Funds are  insufficient in accordance with the Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement to distribute  Class A and Class I Monthly Interest and
Monthly  Principal  (after payment of the Monthly  Servicing Fee). The amount on
deposit in the Spread  Account is intended  to  increase  over time to an amount
equal to the Required Spread Amount. There is no assurance that such growth will
occur or that the balance in the Spread  Account  will always be  sufficient  to
assure payment in full of Monthly Principal and Monthly Interest.  If the amount
on deposit in the Spread  Account is reduced to zero after giving  effect to all
amounts to be deposited to and withdrawn from the Spread Account pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  on any Distribution Date prior to termination
of the Trust,  the Trustee will draw on the Surety  Bond,  in an amount equal to
the  shortfall  in respect of Class A and Class I Monthly  Interest  and Monthly
Principal,  up to the Surety Bond  Amount.  If the Spread  Account is reduced to
zero and there is a default under the Surety Bond,  the Trust will depend solely
on  current  distributions  on the  Receivables  to  make  distributions  on the
Certificates. See "The Receivables Pool -- Delinquencies,  Repossessions and Net
Losses" and "The Offered  Certificates  -- Accounts"  herein.  

Prepayment Risks Associated with the Class I Certificates

         If the  Receivables  prepay at a constant rate within the range assumed
in preparing the Planned Notional  Principal Amount Schedule,  the PAC Component
(and the Class I Notional  Principal  Amount) will be reduced in accordance with
the Planned Notional  Principal Amount Schedule.  If the Receivables prepay at a
constant rate higher than ____% ABS, the Class I Notional  Principal Amount will
be reduced more quickly than provided in the Planned  Notional  Principal Amount
Schedule, thereby reducing the yield to holders of the Class I Certificates.  In
general, a rapid rate of principal  prepayments  (including  liquidations due to
losses,  repurchases and other  dispositions and prepayments  resulting from any
sale of the  Receivables  upon an Insolvency  Event with respect to the Class IC
Certificateholder) will have a material negative effect on the yield to maturity
of the Class I  Certificates.  Prospective  investors  should fully consider the
associated  risks,  including  the risk that a rapid rate of  prepayments  could
result in the failure of investors in the Class I  Certificates  to recoup their
initial   investment.   See  "Yield  and  Prepayment   Considerations"   herein.

Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the Class IC Certificateholder

         The  Depositor  will be the initial Class IC  Certificateholder.  If an
Insolvency  Event  occurs with  respect to the Class IC  Certificateholder,  the
Receivables  will be sold and the Trust will be  liquidated  unless,  within the
period specified herein, holders of more than 51% of the Certificate Balance and
holders of more than 51% of the Class I Notional  Principal Balance instruct the
Trustee not to sell the  Receivables and liquidate the Trust or unless such sale
and liquidation is otherwise  prohibited by applicable law. The Surety Bond will
not be  available  to pay  any  shortfalls  upon  sale  of  the  Receivables  on
liquidation of the Trust.  See "The Offered  Certificates  --  Termination  Upon
Insolvency Event of the Class IC  Certificateholder"  herein. The Depositor is a
special  purpose  corporation the activities of which are  circumscribed  by its


                                      S-10
<PAGE>

charter  with a  view  to  reducing  any  risk  of its  bankruptcy;  however  no
representation  is made  concerning  the  financial  condition  of the  Class IC
Certificateholder  or the likelihood of an Insolvency Event with respect to such
holder. In the event of the sale of the Receivables and liquidation of the Trust
following an  Insolvency  Event,  the proceeds may not be  sufficient to pay all
accrued and unpaid amounts owing on the  Certificates.  The Surety Bond will not
be available to cover any such  shortfall.  Following  such a sale,  the Class I
Certificateholders  may be entitled to receive a portion of the proceeds of sale
based upon the amount  originally paid for the Class I Certificates  (as reduced
by prior  returns of such  amount) as  provided  in the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.  Furthermore,  any distributions of such proceeds will have an effect
similar to a  prepayment  of the  Receivables  and could affect the yield on the
Class A  Certificates  and may  significantly  affect  the  yield on the Class I
Certificates. See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" herein.

Certificate Rating

         It is a condition  of issuance  of the  Offered  Certificates  that the
Class A  Certificates  and the  Class I  Certificates  be rated  in the  highest
category by at least one nationally  recognized rating agency. Such ratings will
reflect only the views of the relevant rating agency. There is no assurance that
any such  rating  will  continue  for any  period of time or that it will not be
revised  or  withdrawn  entirely  by such  rating  agency  if, in its  judgment,
circumstances  so warrant.  A revision or  withdrawal of such rating may have an
adverse  effect on the market price of the Offered  Certificates.  The rating of
the Class I Certificates  does not address the  possibility  that rapid rates of
principal  prepayments,  including  prepayments  resulting  from a  sale  of the
Receivables   upon  an   Insolvency   Event   with   respect  to  the  Class  IC
Certificateholder,  could  result in a  failure  of the  holders  of the Class I
Certificates  to fully  recover  their  investment.  A security  rating is not a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities.

                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST

         The  Depositor  will  establish  the Trust by selling and assigning the
Trust property,  as described  below, to the Trustee in exchange for the Offered
Certificates.  The Depositor will retain the Class IC  Certificate.  UAC will be
responsible for servicing the Receivables  pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and will be compensated for acting as the Servicer.  See  "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Servicing  Compensation and Payment
of  Expenses"  in the  Prospectus.  To  facilitate  servicing  and  to  minimize
administrative  burden and expense,  the Servicer will be appointed custodian of
the  Receivables by the Trustee,  but will not stamp the  Receivables to reflect
the sale and assignment of the  Receivables to the Trust or make any notation of
the Trust's lien on the certificates of title of the Financed  Vehicles.  In the
absence of such notation on the  certificates of title, the Trustee may not have
perfected  security interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables.
See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the  Receivables"  in the  Prospectus.  Under the
terms of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  UAC may  delegate its duties as
Servicer and custodian; however, any such delegation will not relieve UAC of its
liability and responsibility with respect to such duties.

         The Depositor will establish,  for the benefit of the Class A and Class
I  Certificateholders  and the Surety Bond Issuer,  the Spread  Account and will
obtain the Surety Bond. Withdrawals from the Spread Account and, only after such
withdrawals,  draws  on the  Surety  Bond  will be made in  accordance  with the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  in the event that  sufficient  funds are not
available  (after payment of the Monthly  Servicing  Fee) to distribute,  in the
case  of  Class I  Monthly  Interest,  Class  A  Monthly  Interest  and  Monthly
Principal,  up to the Surety Bond Amount. If the Spread Account is exhausted and
there is a  default  under the  Surety  Bond,  the  Trust  will look only to the
Obligors on the Receivables and the proceeds from the  repossession  and sale of
Financed  Vehicles  that  secure  Defaulted  Receivables  for  distributions  of
interest and principal on the Certificates. In such event, certain factors, such
as the Trustee's not having perfected security interests in some of the Financed
Vehicles,  may affect the Trust's ability to realize on the collateral  securing
the  Receivables,  and  thus  may  reduce  the  proceeds  to be  distributed  to
Certificateholders.  See "The  Offered  Certificates  --  Accounts"  herein  and
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.



                                      S-11
<PAGE>

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOL

         The Receivables were selected from UAFC's portfolio for purchase by the
Depositor  by  several  criteria,  including  that each  Receivable:  (i) has an
original  number of payments of not more than ___ payments and not less than ___
payments, (ii) has a remaining maturity of not more than ___ months and not less
than _____ months, (iii) provides for level monthly payments that fully amortize
the  amount  financed  over the  original  term,  and (iv) has a  Contract  Rate
(exclusive  of prepaid  finance  charges) of not less than _____%.  The weighted
average remaining  maturity of the Receivables will be approximately ____ months
as of the Cutoff Date.

         Approximately  ______% of the  Receivables  as of the  cutoff  date are
simple   interest   contracts   which  provide  for  equal   monthly   payments.
Approximately  ______% of the aggregate  principal balance of the Receivables as
of the Cutoff Date are  Precomputed  Receivables  (as defined in the Prospectus)
originated in California.  All of such Precomputed  Receivables are Rule of 78's
Receivables  (as  defined  in  the  Prospectus).  Approximately  ______%  of the
aggregate  principal  balance of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date represent
financing of new vehicles;  the remainder of the Receivables represent financing
of used vehicles.

         Receivables  representing  more  than  10% of the  aggregate  principal
balance of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date were originated in metropolitan
areas in each of the  States  of  _________,  __________  and  ___________.  The
performance of the Receivables in the aggregate  could be adversely  affected in
particular  by  the   development  of  adverse   economic   conditions  in  such
metropolitan areas.

              Composition of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Aggregate          Original      Weighted
                                                      Number of      Principal          Principal      Average
                                                     Receivables      Balance            Balance        Rate
                                                     -----------     ---------        -----------     ---------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>    
New Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks............                $                    $                        %
Used Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks...........
New Vans (1).....................................
Used Vans (1)....................................
All Receivables..................................                $                    $                        %
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Weighted       Weighted      Percent of
                                                       Average        Average       Aggregate
                                                      Remaining      Original       Principal
                                                       Term(2)        Term(2)       Balance(3)
                                                     ----------      --------      -----------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>            <C>
New Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks..........            mos.            mos.            %
Used Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks.........
New Vans (1)...................................
Used Vans (1)..................................
All Receivables................................            mos.            mos.            %
</TABLE>

(1) References to vans include minivans and van conversions.
(2) Based on scheduled maturity and assuming no prepayments of the Receivables.
(3) Sum  may not equal 100% due to rounding.



                                      S-12
<PAGE>

        Geographic Distribution of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date

                                                         Percent of Aggregate
State (1)(2)                                            Principal Balance (3)
Arizona...................................................            %
California................................................
Colorado..................................................
Florida...................................................
Georgia...................................................
Illinois..................................................
Indiana...................................................
Iowa......................................................
Kansas....................................................
Kentucky..................................................
Maryland..................................................
Michigan..................................................
Missouri..................................................
Nebraska..................................................
New Mexico................................................
North Carolina............................................
Ohio......................................................
Oklahoma..................................................
Oregon....................................................
Pennsylvania..............................................
South Carolina............................................
Tennessee.................................................
Texas.....................................................
Virginia..................................................
Washington................................................
Wisconsin.................................................
    TOTAL  ............................................               %

(1)    Based on address of the Dealer selling the related Financed Vehicle.
(2)    Receivables  originated  in Ohio were  solicited  by  Dealers  for direct
       financing  by  UAC  or  the  Predecessor.   All  other  Receivables  were
       originated  by  Dealers  and  purchased  from such  Dealers by UAC or the
       Predecessor.

(3)    Sum may not equal to 100% due to rounding.

               Distribution of Receivables Vehicles by Model Year

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Principal
   Model                                            Number of     Percentage      Balance as of     Percentage
   Year                                            Receivables    of Total(1)     Cut Off Date      of Total(1)
   ----                                            -----------    -----------     -------------     -----------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>                   
   1983.....................................                              %         $                       %
   1984.....................................
   1985.....................................
   1986.....................................
   1987.....................................
   1988.....................................
   1989.....................................
   1990.....................................
   1991.....................................
   1992.....................................
   1993.....................................
   1994.....................................
   1995.....................................
   1996.....................................
   1997.....................................
     Total..................................                              %   $                             %
</TABLE>
- - - - ----------

(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.



                                      S-13
<PAGE>

       Distribution of the Receivables by Note Rate as of the Cutoff Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Percentage of
                                                                   Aggregate         Average      Aggregate
                                                 Number of         Principal        Principal     Principal
  Note Rate Range                               Receivables         Balance          Balance      Balance(1)
  ------------------                            -----------       -----------       ---------   --------------
<S>                                            <C>               <C>               <C>           <C>
   7.000  to  7.999%......................                        $
   8.000  to  8.999%......................
   9.000  to  9.999%......................
   10.000 to 10.999%......................
   11.000 to 11.999%......................
   12.000 to 12.999%......................
   13.000 to 13.999%......................
   14.000 to 14.999%......................
   15.000 to 15.999%......................
   16.000 to 16.999%......................
   17.000 to 17.999%......................
   18.000 to 18.999%......................
   19.000 to 19.999%......................
   20.000 to 20.999%......................
   21.000 to 22.999%......................
   23.000 to 23.999%......................
   24.000 to 24.999%......................
   25.000 to 25.999%......................
               Total......................                        $                                    %
</TABLE>
- - - - ----------
(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.


     Distribution of the Receivables by Remaining Term as of the Cutoff Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Percentage of
       Remaining                                                 Aggregate         Average      Aggregate
       Scheduled                             Number of          Principal         Principal     Principal
      Term Range                             Receivables          Balance          Balance      Balance(1)
      ----------                             -----------        ----------        ---------    --------------
<S>                                         <C>                   <C>            <C>            <C>             
   0  to  6 months.......................                         $               $
    7 to 12 months.......................
   13 to 24 months.......................
   25 to 36 months.......................
   37 to 48 months.......................
   49 to 60 months.......................
   61 to 66 months.......................
   67 to 84 months.......................
             Total.......................                         $               $                      %
</TABLE>
- - - - ----------
(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.


                                      S-14
<PAGE>


Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses

   Set forth below is certain  information  concerning the experience of UAC and
the Predecessor  pertaining to delinquencies,  repossessions,  and net losses on
its prime fixed rate retail automobile, light truck and van receivables serviced
by UAC and the  Predecessor.  There can be no  assurance  that the  delinquency,
repossession,  and net loss experience on the Receivables  will be comparable to
that set forth below.

                             Delinquency Experience
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       At June 30,
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1994                 1995                   1996
                                              ------------------   -------------------      ------------------
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
                                               Number of            Number of                Number of
                                              Receivables Amount   Receivables   Amount     Receivables  Amount
                                              ----------- ------   -----------   ------     -----------  ------
<S>                                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>                  <C>   <C>
Servicing portfolio(1)......................    91,937   $843,245   117,837    $1,159,349           $
Delinquencies
   30-59 days...............................       907      8,389     1,169        12,097
   60-89 days...............................       213      2,118       377         4,124
   90 days or more..........................       137      1,324         0             0
Total delinquencies.........................     1,257     11,832     1,546        16,221
Total delinquencies as a
   percent of servicing
     portfolio..............................      1.37%      1.40%     1.31%        1.40 %         %         %
</TABLE>




                           Credit Loss Experience (1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          At June 30,
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1994                   1995                       1996
                                              ---------------------  ----------------------   ----------------------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
                                               Number of               Number of               Number of
                                              Receivables   Amount   Receivables    Amount    Receivables     Amount
                                              -----------  --------  -----------   --------   -----------     ------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Avg. servicing portfolio(2).................    83,673     $744,149    103,682     $982,836           $
Gross charge-offs...........................     1,404       12,094      3,493       28,628
Recoveries (4)..............................                  6,946                  15,258
Net Losses..................................                  5,148                  13,370
Gross charge-offs as a % of
   avg. servicing portfolio(3)..............      1.68%        1.63%      3.37%        2.91%          %            %
Recoveries as a % of gross
   charge-offs..............................                  57.43%                  53.28%                       %
Net Losses as a % of avg.
   servicing portfolio(4)...................                   0.69%                   1.36%                       %

</TABLE>
- - - - ----------
(1)  There is generally no recourse to Dealers under any of the  receivables  in
     the portfolio  serviced by UAC or the Predecessor,  except to the extent of
     representations  and  warranties  made by Dealers in  connection  with such
     receivables.

(2)  Equals the monthly  arithmetic  average,  and includes  receivables sold in
     prior securitization transactions.

(3)  Variation  in the size of the  portfolio  serviced  by UAC will  affect the
     percentages  in "Gross  Charge-Offs  as a percentage  of average  servicing
     portfolio" and "Net Losses as a percentage of average servicing portfolio."

(4)  In fiscal  1995,  the method by which  recoveries  are stated was  changed.
     Currently,  recoveries include recoveries on receivables previously charged
     off, cash recoveries and unsold  repossessed  assets carried at fair market
     value.  Under the previous  method,  reported  recoveries  excluded  unsold
     repossessed  assets carried at fair market value.  Prior period credit loss
     experience has been restated to conform to current period classifications.

       As  indicated  in  the  above  tables,   delinquency   rates  based  upon
outstanding  loan balances of accounts 30 days past due and over  increased from
1.40% at June 30, 1995 to 2.34% at March 31, 1996 for the lending portfolio. The
primary  reason for the  increase in  delinquencies  is that UAC changed the way
that it measures  and reports  delinquencies  beginning  with the quarter  ended
September  30, 1995.  If UAC had used its  historical  methods of measuring  and
reporting  delinquencies,  UAC  estimates  that the March 31,  1996  delinquency
balance would have been  approximately  1.73%. While the magnitude of the change
in the reported  delinquency  measure  appears to be  significant,  UAC does not
believe that it is  indicative  of a material  change in the  underlying  credit
quality of UAC's portfolio.  Furthermore, UAC has implemented a number of policy
and  procedural  changes which are designed to improve the credit quality of the
portfolio.



                                      S-15
<PAGE>

       The primary reason for the increase in delinquencies was that,  beginning
with  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  1995,  UAC  began to  include  in the
delinquency  calculations  the accounts of customers  who had filed for personal
bankruptcy,  but whose  cases have not been  resolved.  At March 31,  1996,  517
accounts which were pending  bankruptcy  resolution  were included in delinquent
accounts.  Previously,  these  accounts  were not  included  in the  delinquency
figures,  since  UAC  could  not take any  action  to  rectify  them  until  the
bankruptcy  court  resolved  each case.  UAC  believes the risk of loss on these
accounts  is low as  approximately  76.53% of bankrupt  dollars  are  eventually
collected  since the  courts  generally  either  reaffirm  these  loans or allow
repossession of the vehicle.

       As indicated in the tables  above,  credit  losses as a percentage of the
average  servicing  portfolio  increased  from  1.36%  at  June  30,  1995 to an
annualized  1.39% at March 31, 1996,  which  actually  represents a  significant
decline from 1.73%  annualized at September 30, 1995. The primary reason for the
recent  rise in credit  losses  and a  contributing  factor in the  increase  in
delinquencies is loans UAC acquired during 1994 and early 1995 which have proven
to be of lower credit  quality  than loans UAC acquired  prior to 1994 and after
the first quarter of 1995. UAC has  determined  that many of these lower quality
loans resulted from "low side overrides" which are loans made to customers whose
credit scores were below UAC's minimums,  but which were made as a result of the
credit analyst's  judgement that it the loans were acceptable.  These loans have
had  higher  rates  of   delinquency   and  loss  than  those  which  met  UAC's
requirements.  Credit analyst  discretion for making low side override loans has
been  reduced and low side  overrides  have dropped from a high of 14.32% of the
UACSC 1995-A  securitization  pool to 3.31% of the UACSC  1996-A  securitization
pool.  UAC believes the  disparity in the  performance  of the low side override
loans  resulted  from  continuing  the  existing  override  policy  despite  the
implementation  of a new scoring system in December 1993. UAC also believes that
the actual mix of loans  purchased  during 1994 may have been of somewhat  lower
average  credit  quality  as a result of  competitive  pricing  pressures  which
permitted higher quality borrowers to obtain lower cost loans from others. Loans
made during 1994 are currently in the peak period for  delinquencies  and credit
losses which UAC believes to be nine to 16 months from the date of closing.  UAC
believes this is demonstrated by the decline in delinquencies  and losses in the
quarter ending March 31, 1996 as compared to the quarters  ending  September 30,
1995 and December 31, 1995.

       UAC has taken a number of steps to improve its  collection  efforts  over
the last several months.  It has increased the staffing level in its collections
department  by more than 115% since June 30, 1995.  It has installed an improved
version of its collection  system in its new  headquarters  which will allow its
collectors  to be much more  productive.  For  example,  the number of  outbound
credit  collections  stations at its  headquarters has been increased from 14 to
50.  In  addition,  UAC  has  revised  its  repossession  policy  so that it now
repossesses by 120 days past due, rather than after 60 days. UAC found that when
it  switched,  in April  1995,  to  begin  repossessions  after 60 days,  losses
increased  because some cars were repossessed from people that otherwise had the
ability to make payments.  Other credit quality changes include the reduction in
low side overrides  previously  mentioned and a recent change to increase cutoff
scores in any  individual  state  where  credit  losses  were  running at a rate
greater than 2.50% over the life of the loans.]

[To be updated for current period]

                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
General

       Monthly   Interest  (as  defined  herein)  on  the  Receivables  will  be
distributed to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date to the extent of the
Pass-Through  Rate  applied to the  Certificate  Balance or  Notional  Principal
Amount,  as  applicable,  as of the preceding  Distribution  Date or the Closing
Date, as applicable  (after giving effect to  distributions of principal on such
preceding  Distribution Date). See "The Offered Certificates -- Distributions on
the Offered  Certificates"  herein. In the event of a full or partial prepayment
on a Receivable,  Certificateholders will receive interest for the full month of
such  prepayment  either  through the  distribution  of  interest  paid on other
Receivables or withdrawal from the Spread Account.



                                      S-16
<PAGE>

       Although  the  Receivables  will  have  different  Contract  Rates,  each
Receivable's  Contract  Rate  generally  will  exceed the sum of (a) the Class A
Pass-Through  Rate (b) the per annum rate used to calculate  the Surety Bond Fee
(c) the Class I  Pass-Through  Rate and (d) the per annum rate used to calculate
the Servicing Fee. The Contract Rate on a small  percentage of the  Receivables,
however,  will be  less  than  the  foregoing  sum.  Disproportionate  rates  of
prepayments  between  Receivables  with  higher and lower  Contract  Rates could
affect  the   ability  of  the  Trust  to   distribute   Monthly   Interest   to
Certificateholders.

       The  effective  yield  to  Certificateholders  will be  below  the  yield
otherwise  produced by the Pass-Through Rate because the distribution of Monthly
Principal  and  Monthly  Interest in respect of any given month will not be made
until the related  Distribution  Date, which will not be earlier than the eighth
day of the following month.

The Class I Certificates

       The Class I  Certificates  are interest only  certificates.  Although the
planned  amortization  feature of the Class I Certificates is intended to reduce
the uncertainty of prepayments with respect to the Class I Certificates,  if the
Receivables prepay  sufficiently  quickly,  the Notional Principal Amount of the
Class I  Certificates  may be reduced more quickly than  provided in the Planned
Notional Principal Amount Schedule, thereby reducing the yield to the holders of
the Class I Certificates. The yield to maturity on the Class I Certificates will
therefore be very  sensitive  to the rate of  prepayments,  including  voluntary
prepayments,  prepayments  due  to  liquidations,  repurchases  and  losses  and
prepayments  resulting from any sale of the Receivables upon an Insolvency Event
relating to the Class IC  Certificateholder.  Prospective investors should fully
consider  the  associated  risks,  including  the  risk  that a  rapid  rate  of
prepayments could result in the failure of investors in the Class I Certificates
to  recoup  their  initial  investment.  See  "Risk  Factors"  and "The  Offered
Certificates  -- The Class I Certificates  -- Calculation of Notional  Principal
Amount",   "--   Termination   Upon   Insolvency   Event   of   the   Class   IC
Certificateholder" and "-- Class I Yield Considerations".

                              THE DEPOSITOR AND UAC

       UAC  currently  acquires  loans from over 2,000  manufacturer  franchised
automobile  dealerships in 44 metropolitan areas in 23 states. UAC is an Indiana
corporation,  formed in  December  1993 by the  Predecessor  to  succeed  to the
indirect  automobile finance business of the Predecessor,  which the Predecessor
had operated since 1986. UAC began  purchasing  and  originating  Receivables in
April 1994.  For the fiscal years ended June 30, 1993,  1994,  1995 and 1996 UAC
and/or its Predecessor  acquired loans  aggregating $435 million,  $615 million,
$767 million, and $______ million,  respectively,  representing annual increases
of 41%,  25%,  and ____,  respectively.  Of the  $_____  billion of loans in the
servicing  portfolio of UAC and its  Predecessor  (consisting  of the  principal
balance  of  loans  held  for  sale and  securitized  loans)  at June 30,  1996,
approximately  _____%  represented loans on used cars and  approximately  _____%
represented loans on new cars.

       Additional information regarding UAC and the Depositor is set forth under
"Union Acceptance Corporation and Affiliates" in the Prospectus.

                             THE SURETY BOND ISSUER


               [Information to be provided by Surety Bond Issuer]












                                      S-17
<PAGE>














                            THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

       The  Offered  Certificates  will be issued  pursuant  to the  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement.  Copies of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  (without
exhibits) may be obtained by  Certificateholders  upon request in writing to the
Servicer at the address set forth herein under "Reports to  Certificateholders".
Citations to the relevant sections of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement appear
below in parentheses.  The following summary does not purport to be complete and
is subject to and  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference  to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

Distributions

       In general,  it is intended  that the Trustee  distribute  to the Class A
Certificateholders  on each Distribution Date beginning  _________,  199___, the
aggregate  principal  payments,  including full and partial  prepayments (except
certain  prepayments  in respect of Precomputed  Receivables as described  below
under "-- Accounts")  received on the Receivables  during the related Collection
Period,  plus a full month's  interest at the Class A  Pass-Through  Rate. It is
also intended that the Trustee distribute to the Class I Certificateholders,  on
each Distribution  Date beginning on _________,  199___ and continuing until the
Distribution  Date on which the Class I Notional  Principal Amount is reduced to
zero, a full month's  interest at the Class I  Pass-Through  Rate on the Class I
Notional Principal Amount.  (Section 9.04.) See "-- Distributions on the Offered
Certificates".  Interest to Certificateholders may be provided by a payment made


                                      S-18
<PAGE>

by or on behalf of the  Obligor,  by an Advance  made by the  Servicer  to cover
interest  due on a  defaulted  Receivable  or by a  withdrawal  from the  Spread
Account.  If such interest represents Class A or Class I Monthly Interest it may
be  provided  by a draw on the  Surety  Bond if there are not  sufficient  funds
(after  payment of the  Monthly  Servicing  Fee and after  giving  effect to any
withdrawals  from the Spread  Account for the benefit of the Class A and Class I
Certificateholders)  to pay Class I Monthly  Interest,  Class A Monthly Interest
and  Monthly  Principal.  Draws on the  Surety  Bond to pay  Class A and Class I
Monthly  Interest  and  Monthly  Principal  will be limited  to the Surety  Bond
Amount. See "-- Sale and Assignment of Receivables" and "-- Accounts" herein.

The Class I Certificates -- Calculation of Notional Principal Amount

       The  Class  I  Certificates  are   interest-only   planned   amortization
securities.  The Class I  Certificates  are entitled to receive  interest at the
Class I  Pass-Through  Rate on the  Notional  Principal  Amount  of the  Class I
Certificates,  initially  $_____________.  The planned  amortization  feature is
intended to reduce the uncertainty to investors in the Class I Certificates with
respect to prepayments  because the Class I Certificates  will receive  interest
based on their Notional  Principal Amount on a principal paydown schedule rather
than on the reduction in the actual Certificate Balance as a result of principal
payments  and  prepayments,  as  described  below.  Solely  for the  purpose  of
calculating  the amount  payable with respect to the Class I  Certificates,  the
Certificate  Balance will be divided  into two  principal  components,  the "PAC
Component" and the "Companion Component".  The Notional Principal Amount will be
equal  to the  PAC  Component,  originally  $_____________.  The  sum of the PAC
Component and the Companion Component will at all times equal the then aggregate
unpaid Certificate Balance.

       The Agreement  establishes a schedule  (the "Planned  Notional  Principal
Amount  Schedule")  pursuant to which  principal  will be  allocated  to the PAC
Component and the Companion Component,  as described below. As the PAC Component
is reduced,  the Notional  Principal Amount of the Class I Certificates,  and so
payments to the holders of the Class I Certificates, will also be reduced.

       On each Distribution  Date, the Monthly Principal will be allocated first
to the PAC  Component up to the amount  necessary to reduce the PAC Component to
its Planned Notional  Principal Amount for such Distribution  Date, as set forth
in the Planned  Notional  Principal Amount  Schedule,  second,  to the Companion
Component  until the  balance  thereof is reduced to zero and third,  to the PAC
Component,  without  regard to the Planned  Notional  Principal  Amount for such
Distribution Date. The foregoing allocations will be made solely for purposes of
calculating  the  Notional  Principal  Amount  of the Class I  Certificates  and
correspondingly,  the amount of  interest  payable  with  respect to the Class I
Certificates. The Class I Certificates are not entitled to receive any principal
payments.  The foregoing calculations will not affect distributions of principal
with respect to the Class A Certificates.



                                      S-19
<PAGE>

                   Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule

                                                               Planned Notional
 Distribution Date in                                          Principal Amount
 --------------------                                          ----------------
 Initial....................................................   $
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................
        ....................................................


The Class I  Certificates  will not be entitled to any  distributions  after the
Notional Principal Amount of the Class I Certificates has been reduced to zero.




                                      S-20
<PAGE>

Class I Yield Considerations

       Although the planned  amortization feature of the Class I Certificates is
intended to reduce the  uncertainty  relating to prepayments of the  Receivables
with respect to the Class I  Certificates,  the yield to maturity of the Class I
Certificates will remain extremely sensitive to the prepayment experience of the
Receivables,  including voluntary prepayments,  prepayments due to liquidations,
repurchases  and  losses  and  prepayments   resulting  from  any  sale  of  the
Receivables upon an Insolvency Event relating to the Class IC Certificateholder.
Prospective investors should fully consider the associated risks,  including the
risk that such  investors may not fully recover  their  initial  investment.  In
particular, investors in the Class I Certificates should note that they will not
be entitled to any distributions after the Class I Notional Principal Amount has
been reduced to zero, and that Receivables may be repurchased due to breaches of
representations.  See also  "--Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the Class IC
Certificateholder" and "Risk Factors" herein.

       The following table  illustrates the significant  effect that prepayments
on the Receivables  have upon the yield to maturity of the Class I Certificates.
The table shows the approximate  hypothetical  pre-tax yields to maturity of the
Class I Certificates,  stated on a corporate bond equivalent basis, under ______
different prepayment assumptions based on the assumed purchase price and the ABS
prepayment  model  described  below.  The following  table also assumes that the
Receivables  have been  aggregated  into  _____  hypothetical  pools  having the
following  characteristics and that the level scheduled monthly payment for each
of the four pools (which is based on its  principal  balance,  weighted  average
Contract Rate and weighted average remaining term as of the Cut Off Date and its
weighted  average  original  term)  will be such  that  such  pool will be fully
amortized by the end of its weighted average remaining term.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Weighted Average          Weighted Average
                Cut Off Date        Weighted Average           Remaining Term to         Original Term to
     Pool     Principal Balance      Note Rate               Maturity (in Months)      Maturity (in Months)
     ----     -----------------     ----------------         --------------------      --------------------
<S>         <C>                       <C>                      <C>                         <C>                          
       1      $                                %
       2
       3
       4
</TABLE>


       For purposes of the table, it is also assumed that (i) the purchase price
of the Class I Certificates is as set forth below, (ii) the Receivables have the
characteristics  set forth under "-- The Class I Certificates  -- Calculation of
Notional  Principal Amount" above,  (iii) the Receivables  prepay monthly at the
specified  percentages of ABS as set forth in the table below,  (iv) prepayments
representing  prepayments in full of individual  Receivables are received on the
last day of the  month and  include a full  month's  interest  thereon,  (v) the
Closing Date for the Offered Certificates is ________, 199__, (vi) distributions
on the Offered  Certificates are made, in cash, on the eighth day of each month,
commencing in June,  1996,  (vii) no defaults or delinquencies in the payment of
the  Receivables  are  experienced,  and (viii) no Receivable is repurchased for
breach of representation and warranty or otherwise.

             Sensitivity of the Class I Certificates to Prepayments

                    1.0%            1.6%         1.8%        2.5%         3.0%
 Price(1)            ABS             ABS         ABS         ABS          ABS
- - - - ---------          -------         ------       ------      ------      -------
        %                 %             %            %           %            %
- - - - ----------
(l)   Expressed as a percentage of the original Notional Principal Amount.

       Based on the assumptions described above and assuming a purchase price of
________% at  approximately  _______%  ABS, the pre-tax yield to maturity of the
Class I Certificates would be approximately 0%.



                                      S-21
<PAGE>

       It is highly unlikely that the Receivables will prepay at a constant rate
until maturity or that all of the Receivables  will prepay at the same rate. The
foregoing  table assumes that each  Receivable  bears  interest at its specified
Contract Rate, has the same remaining amortization term, and prepays at the same
rate. In fact,  receivables  will prepay at different  rates and have  different
terms.

       The  yields  set  forth  in  the  preceding   table  were  calculated  by
determining the monthly discount rates which, when applied to the assumed stream
of cash flows to be paid on the Class I Certificates, would cause the discounted
present value of such assumed cash flows to equal the assumed  purchase price of
such Class I Certificates and by converting such monthly rates to corporate bond
equivalent rates. Such calculations do not take into account variations that may
occur in the interest  rates at which  investors  may be able to reinvest  funds
received by them as  distributions  on the Class I Certificates and consequently
do not  purport  to  reflect  the  return  on any  investment  in  the  Class  I
Certificates when such reinvestment rates are considered.

       The Receivables  will not necessarily  have the  characteristics  assumed
above, and there can be no assurance that (i) the Receivables will prepay at any
of the rates shown in the table or at any other  particular  rate or will prepay
proportionately,  (ii)  the  pre-tax  yield  on the  Class I  Certificates  will
correspond  to any of the  pre-tax  yields  shown  above or (iii) the  aggregate
purchase price of the Class I  Certificates  will be equal to the purchase price
assumed.  Because the Receivables  will include  Receivables that have remaining
terms to stated maturity shorter or longer than those assumed and Contract Rates
higher  or  lower  than  those  assumed,  the  pre-tax  yield  on  the  Class  I
Certificates  may  differ  from  those  set  forth  above,  even  if  all of the
Receivables prepay at the indicated constant prepayment rates.

       As used  herein,  "ABS"  refers to a  prepayment  model  which  assumes a
constant  percentage  of the original  number of contracts in a pool prepay each
month.  ABS does not  purport  to be either  an  historical  description  of the
prepayment  experience  of  any  pool  of  receivables  or a  prediction  of the
anticipated  rate of  prepayments  of any  pool of  receivables,  including  the
Receivables.

Sale and Assignment of Receivables

       Certain information with respect to the conveyance of the Receivables (i)
from Union Acceptance Funding Corporation  ("UAFC") to the Depositor pursuant to
the  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of  ________,199__,  among UAFC,  UAC and the
Depositor and (ii) from the  Depositor to the Trust  pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement is set forth under "The Transfer and Servicing Agreements --
Sale and Assignment of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.

Accounts

       In addition to the  Certificate  Account,  the property of the Trust will
include the Spread Account and the Payahead Account.

       Spread  Account.  On the Closing Date,  the Depositor  will establish the
Spread  Account.  Thereafter,  the  amount  held in the Spread  Account  will be
increased up to the Required Spread Amount by the deposit thereto of payments on
the Receivables not utilized to make payments to the  Certificateholders  (other
than the Class IC Certificateholder),  the Surety Bond Issuer or the Servicer on
any  Distribution  Date.  While it is intended that the Spread Account will grow
over time to equal the Required Spread Amount through monthly deposits of excess
collections  on the  Receivables,  if any,  there can be no assurance  that such
growth will  actually  occur.  The Spread  Account will be  established  for the
benefit  of the  Class A and  Class I  Certificateholders  and the  Surety  Bond
Issuer. On each Distribution  Date, any amounts on deposit in the Spread Account
after the payment of any amounts owed to the Surety Bond Issuer in excess of the
Required Spread Amount will be withdrawn from the Spread Account and distributed
to the Class IC Certificateholder.

       Under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  the Trustee will
withdraw  funds from the Spread  Account and  transfer  them to the  Certificate
Account for any deficiency of Monthly  Interest or Monthly  Principal as further
described below under "--  Distributions  on the Offered  Certificates",  to the
extent available, prior to making any draw on the Surety Bond.



                                      S-22
<PAGE>

       In the event that the  balance  of the Spread  Account is reduced to zero
and there is a default under the Surety Bond on any Distribution Date, the Trust
will  depend  solely  on  current  distributions  on  the  Receivables  to  make
distributions  of principal and interest on the  Certificates.  Any reduction in
the principal  balance of the Receivables due to losses on the Receivables  will
also  result in a  reduction  of the  Notional  Principal  Amount of the Class I
Certificates.  In addition, because the market value of motor vehicles generally
declines  with  age and  because  of  difficulties  that may be  encountered  in
enforcing motor vehicle  contracts as described in the Prospectus under "Certain
Legal  Aspects of the  Receivables,"  the  Servicer  may not  recover the entire
amount due on such  Receivables in the event of a  repossession  and resale of a
Financed  Vehicle  securing  a  Receivable  in  default.   In  such  event,  the
Certificateholders  may suffer a  corresponding  loss.  Any such losses would be
borne pro rata by the Class A Certificateholders and Class I Certificateholders.

       Payahead Account.  The Servicer will establish an additional account (the
"Payahead Account"),  in the name of the Trustee and for the benefit of Obligors
on the Receivables,  into which, to the extent required by the Agreement,  early
payments  by or on  behalf  of  Obligors  on  Precomputed  Receivables  will  be
deposited  until  such  time as the  payment  becomes  due.  Until  such time as
payments are transferred from the Payahead  Account to the Certificate  Account,
they will not constitute  collected interest or collected principal and will not
be available for distribution to  Certificateholders.  The Payahead Account will
initially be maintained with the Trustee.  Interest earned on the balance in the
Payahead  Account will be remitted to the  Servicer  monthly.  Collections  on a
Precomputed Receivable made during a Collection Period shall be applied first to
any overdue scheduled payment on such Receivable,  then to the scheduled payment
on such Receivable due in such Collection  Period. If any collections  remaining
after the scheduled  payment is made are  insufficient to prepay the Precomputed
Receivable  in  full,  then  generally  such  remaining   collections  shall  be
transferred  to and kept in the  Payahead  Account  until such later  Collection
Period as the collections may be  retransferred  to the Certificate  Account and
applied  either to a later  scheduled  payment or to prepay such  Receivable  in
full.

Advances

       With respect to each  Receivable  delinquent more than 30 days at the end
of a Collection  Period, the Servicer will make an Advance in an amount equal to
30 days of  interest,  but  only to the  extent  that the  Servicer  in its sole
discretion,  expects to recoup the Advance from  subsequent  collections  on the
Receivable.  The Servicer will deposit the Advance in the Certificate Account on
or before the fifth calendar day of the month  following the Collection  Period.
The Servicer will recoup its Advance from subsequent payments by or on behalf of
the  respective  Obligor,  from  insurance  proceeds  or,  upon  the  Servicer's
determination that  reimbursement  from the preceding sources is unlikely,  will
recoup its Advance  from any  collections  made on other  Receivables.  (Section
9.05.)

Distributions on the Class IC Certificate

       The Class IC  Certificate  will be initially  issued to the Depositor and
will  entitle it to  receive  monthly  all funds  held in the Spread  Account in
excess of the Required  Spread  Amount after  payment of all amounts owed to the
Surety Bond Issuer. Upon termination of the Trust the Class IC Certificateholder
is entitled to receive any amounts  remaining in the Spread  Account (only after
all  required  payments to the Surety Bond Issuer are made) after the payment of
expenses and distributions to Certificateholders. See "-- Accounts" above.

Distributions on the Offered Certificates

       The  Servicer  will  deposit  in the  Certificate  Account  the amount of
payments on all  Receivables  received with respect to the preceding  Collection
Period.  All such  payments on the Simple  Interest  Receivables,  the scheduled
payments on Precomputed Receivables,  plus the net amount to be transferred from
the Payahead  Account for the related  Distribution  Date, all Advances for such
Collection  Period,  and the  Purchase  Amount for all  Receivables  that became
Purchased  Receivables during the preceding Collection Period, will be available
for distribution pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on
the next succeeding Distribution Date ("Available Funds") and will determine the
amount of funds necessary to make distributions of Monthly Principal and Monthly
Interest  to  the  Certificateholders  and  the  Monthly  Servicing  Fee  to the
Servicer.  If there is a  deficiency  with respect to Class A or Class I Monthly
Interest or Monthly  Principal on any  Distribution  Date after giving effect to
payments of the Monthly  Servicing Fee on such  Distribution  Date, the Servicer


                                      S-23
<PAGE>

will withdraw amounts,  to the extent available,  from the Spread Account in the
amount of such  deficiency  and notify the Trustee of any remaining  deficiency,
whereupon  the  Trustee  will draw on the Surety Bond to pay Class A and Class I
Monthly  Interest and Monthly  Principal  on any  Distribution  Date,  up to the
Surety Bond Amount. Moreover, if the Available Funds for a Distribution Date are
insufficient  to pay current and past due Surety  Bond Fees,  and other  amounts
owed to the Surety  Bond  Issuer,  pursuant  to the  Insurance  Agreement,  plus
accrued interest  thereon,  to the Surety Bond Issuer,  the Servicer will notify
the Trustee of such deficiency,  and the amount,  if any, then on deposit in the
Spread  Account  (after giving effect to any  withdrawal to satisfy a deficiency
described  in the two  preceding  sentences)  will be  available  to cover  such
deficiency.

       If acceptable to each Rating Agency  without a reduction in the rating of
any class of Offered  Certificates,  the  Servicing  Fee due to the  Servicer in
respect of each  Collection  Period will be distributed  to the Servicer  during
such Collection Period from Collections for such Collection Period.

       On each such  Distribution  Date,  the Trustee  will apply or cause to be
applied the Available Funds (plus, to the extent required for payment of Monthly
Interest or Monthly  Principal any amounts  withdrawn from the Spread Account or
drawn on the Surety Bond, as applicable)  to make the following  payments in the
following priority:

     (a)  the aggregate  amount of outstanding  Advances on all  Receivables (x)
          that became Defaulted  Receivables  during the prior Collection Period
          and (y) that  the  Servicer  determines  to be  unrecoverable,  to the
          Servicer;

     (b)  the  Servicing  Fee,  including  any  overdue  Servicing  Fee,  to the
          Servicer, to the extent not previously distributed to the Servicer;

     (c)  pro  rata,  (y)  Monthly  Principal  and  Class  A  Monthly  Interest,
          including any overdue Monthly  Principal and Class A Monthly Interest,
          to the Class A  Certificateholders  and (z) Class I Monthly  Interest,
          including  any  overdue  Class  I  Monthly  Interest,  to the  Class I
          Certificateholders;

     (d)  the Surety Bond Fee to the Surety Bond Issuer;

     (e)  the amount of  recoveries  of Advances (to the extent such  recoveries
          have not previously been reimbursed to the Servicer pursuant to clause
          (a) above), to the Servicer;

     (f)  the amount of Liquidation Proceeds on Purchased  Receivables purchased
          by the Servicer, to the Servicer;

     (g)  the  amount  of   Liquidation   Proceeds  on   Purchased   Receivables
          repurchased by the Depositor, to the Depositor;

     (h)  the  aggregate  amount of any  unreimbursed  draws on the Surety  Bond
          payable to the Surety Bond Issuer, under the Insurance Agreement,  for
          Class  A  Monthly  Interest,  Class I  Monthly  Interest  and  Monthly
          Principal,  plus accrued  interest thereon and any other amounts owing
          to the Surety Bond Issuer under the Insurance Agreement; and

     (i)  the balance into the Spread Account.

       After all  distributions  pursuant  to clauses (a) through (i) above have
been made for each  Distribution  Date,  the  amount of funds  remaining  in the
Spread  Account on such date, if any, in excess of the Required  Spread  Amount,
will be  distributed  by the  Trustee  to the  Class IC  Certificateholder.  Any
amounts  so  distributed  to the  Class IC  Certificateholder  will no longer be
property of the Trust and  Certificateholders  will have no rights with  respect
thereto.

       If on any Distribution  Date there are not sufficient  Available Funds to
pay the distribution  required by (c) above,  the Available Funds  distributable
thereunder shall be distributed proportionately on the basis of the ratio of the
required  distribution  due each of the Class A and Class I  Certificateholders,
respectively,  to the sum of the  distributions  required  by (c) to the Class A
Certificateholders and the Class I Certificateholders. The amount so distributed
to the Class A Certificateholders  hereunder shall be allocated first to Class A
Monthly Interest, and second to Monthly Principal.



                                      S-24
<PAGE>

       "Monthly  Interest" for any  Distribution  Date will equal the sum of the
Class A Monthly Interest and the Class I Monthly Interest.

       "Class A Monthly  Interest" for any Distribution  Date will equal (i) for
the first Distribution  Date, the product of the following:  (one-twelfth of the
Class A  Pass-Through  Rate)  multiplied by (the number of days remaining in the
month of the  Closing  Date  (assuming  a 30 day month)  from the  Closing  Date
divided by 30) multiplied by (the  Certificate  Balance at the Closing Date) and
(ii)  with  respect  to  each  subsequent  Distribution  Date,  the  product  of
one-twelfth of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate  Balance on the
preceding  Distribution Date (after giving effect to any distribution of Monthly
Principal required to be made on such preceding Distribution Date).

       "Monthly  Principal"  for any  Distribution  Date will  equal the  amount
necessary to reduce the Certificate  Balance to the aggregate  unpaid  principal
balance of the Receivables on the last day of the preceding  Collection  Period;
provided,  however,  that Monthly Principal on the Final Scheduled  Distribution
Date will  equal the  Certificate  Balance  on such  date.  For the  purpose  of
determining  Monthly  Principal,  the unpaid  principal  balance of a  Defaulted
Receivable or a Purchased  Receivable is deemed to be zero on and after the last
day of the  Collection  Period  in which  such  Receivable  became  a  Defaulted
Receivable or a Purchased Receivable.

       "Class I Monthly  Interest" for any Distribution  Date will equal (i) for
the first Distribution  Date, the product of the following:  (one-twelfth of the
Class I  Pass-Through  Rate)  multiplied by (the number of days remaining in the
month of the  Closing  Date  (assuming  a 30 day month)  from the  Closing  Date
divided  by 30)  multiplied  by (the Class I  Notional  Principal  Amount at the
Closing Date) and (ii) with respect to each  subsequent  Distribution  Date, the
product  of  one-twelfth  of the  Class I  Pass-Through  Rate  and the  Notional
Principal Amount on the preceding  Distribution Date (after giving effect to any
application of Monthly Principal on such preceding Distribution Date).

       "Surety Bond Fee" for any Distribution Date will equal one-twelfth of the
product  of the  Surety  Bond per  annum  fee rate  set  forth in the  Insurance
Agreement  and the  Certificate  Balance  calculated  as of the first day of the
Collection Period to which such Distribution Date relates and payable monthly in
arrears.

       "Defaulted Receivable" will mean, for any Collection Period, a Receivable
as to which any of the following has occurred: (i) the Receivable is 120 days or
more delinquent as of the last day of such Collection Period;  (ii) the Financed
Vehicle  that  secures  the  Receivable  has  been  repossessed;  or  (iii)  the
Receivable  has been  determined  to be  uncollectable  in  accordance  with the
Servicer's  customary  practices on or prior to the last day of such  Collection
Period;  provided,  however,  that any  Receivable  which the  Depositor  or the
Servicer is  obligated  to  repurchase  or purchase  pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement shall be deemed not to be a Defaulted Receivable.

       As an administrative convenience,  the Servicer will be permitted to make
the deposit of Collections  and aggregate  Advances and Purchase  Amounts for or
with respect to the Collection  Period,  net of  distributions to be made to the
Servicer or  Depositor  with respect to the  Collection  Period.  The  Servicer,
however,  will  account to the Trustee and to the  Certificateholders  as if all
deposits and distributions were made individually. (Section 9.06.)



                                      S-25
<PAGE>

       The  following  chart sets forth an  example  of the  application  of the
foregoing provisions to a monthly distribution:

_________  .........Collection  Period.  The Servicer receives monthly payments,
                    prepayments,   and  other   proceeds   in   respect  of  the
                    Receivables  and deposits them in the  Certificate  Account.
                    The  Servicer  may  deduct  the   Servicing  Fee  from  such
                    deposits.

__________..........Record Date. Distributions on the Distribution Date are made
                    to  Certificateholders of record at the close of business on
                    this date.

_________ ..........On the fifth  calendar  day after the end of the  Collection
                    Period (the "Determination  Date") the Servicer notifies the
                    Trustee of the amounts to be distributed on the Distribution
                    Date and of any deficiencies.

_________...........On the third business day after the Determination  Date (the
                    "Distribution  Date") the Trustee  withdraws  funds from the
                    Spread   Account   and/or  draws  on  the  Surety  Bond,  if
                    necessary,  to pay Monthly Principal and Monthly Interest to
                    Certificateholders   as   described   herein.   The  Trustee
                    distributes to Certificateholders amounts payable in respect
                    of the Offered  Certificates,  and pays the Servicing Fee to
                    the extent not previously  paid, the Surety Bond Fee and any
                    amounts owing to the Surety Bond Issuer.

The Surety Bond

       On or before the Closing Date,  the Depositor and UAC, in its  individual
capacity  and as  Servicer,  and the  Surety  Bond  Issuer  will  enter  into an
Insurance and Reimbursement  Agreement (the "Insurance  Agreement")  pursuant to
which the Surety Bond Issuer will issue the Surety Bond.  Under the terms of the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  after withdrawal of any amounts in the Spread
Account with respect to a  Distribution  Date to pay a deficiency  in Class A or
Class I Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal, the Trustee will be authorized to
draw  on  the  Surety  Bond  for  the  benefit  of  the  Class  A  and  Class  I
Certificateholders  and  credit  the  Certificate  Account  for  such  draws  as
described  under  "Description  of the  Offered  Certificates--Distributions  in
Offered  Certificates."  The  maximum  amount that may be drawn under the Surety
Bond on any  Distribution  Date is limited to the  Surety  Bond  Amount for such
Distribution  Date.  The Surety Bond Amount,  with  respect to any  Distribution
Date,  shall equal (x) the sum of (A) the lesser of (i) the Certificate  Balance
(after  giving  effect  to any  distribution  of  Available  Funds and any funds
withdrawn from the Spread Account to pay Monthly  Principal on such Distribution
Date) and (ii) the Net  Principal  Surety Bond Amount,  plus (B) Class A Monthly
Interest, plus (C) Class I Monthly Interest, plus (D) the Monthly Servicing Fee;
less (y) all amounts on deposit in the Spread Account on such Distribution Date.
"Net Principal Surety Bond Amount" means the Certificate Balance as of the first
Distribution Date minus all amounts  previously drawn on the Surety Bond or from
the Spread Account with respect to Monthly Principal.

       The Surety  Bond  Issuer  will be entitled to receive the Surety Bond Fee
and  certain  other  amounts  on  each  Distribution  Date  as  described  under
"Distributions  on Certificates" and to receive amounts on deposit in the Spread
Account as described  above under "The Spread  Account."  The Surety Bond Issuer
will   not  be   entitled   to   reimbursement   of   any   amounts   from   the
Certificateholders. The Surety Bond Issuer's obligation under the Surety Bond is
irrevocable.  The Surety  Bond  Issuer  will have no  obligation  other than its
obligations under the Surety Bond to the Certificateholders or the Trustee.

       In the event that the  balance  in the Spread  Account is reduced to zero
and there has been a default under the Surety Bond,  the Trust may depend solely
on current  distributions on the Receivables to make  distributions of principal
and interest on the Offered Certificates. Any reduction in the principal balance
of the  Receivables  due to  losses  on the  Receivables  may also  result  in a
reduction  of the  Notional  Principal  Amount of the Class I  Certificates.  In
addition, because the market value of motor vehicles generally declines with age
and because of  difficulties  that may be encountered in enforcing motor vehicle
contracts as described in the  Prospectus  under  "Certain  Legal Aspects of the
Receivables,"  the  Servicer  may not  recover  the  entire  amount  due on such
Receivables  in the event of a  repossession  and resale of a  Financed  Vehicle


                                      S-26
<PAGE>

securing a Receivable  in default.  In such event,  the  Certificateholders  may
suffer a  corresponding  loss.  Any such  losses  would be borne pro rata by the
Class A Certificateholders and Class I Certificateholders.

Unlimited Liability of the Class IC Certificateholder

       The Class IC  Certificateholder  has agreed to assume unlimited  personal
liability  to any  creditor  of the  Trust  (other  than  the  Trustee  and  the
Certificateholders in certain circumstances).  Third party creditors may rely on
such agreement as third-party beneficiaries. (Section 7.08.)

Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the Class IC Certificateholder

       If an  Insolvency  Event (as defined  below)  occurs with  respect to the
Class IC  Certificateholder,  the Class IC Certificateholder  will promptly give
notice  to the  Trustee  of such  event.  Under  the  terms of the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement,  within  15 days of such  notice,  the  Trustee  shall (i)
publish a notice of such  Insolvency  Event stating that the Trustee  intends to
sell,  dispose of, or otherwise  liquidate  the  Receivables  in a  commercially
reasonable  manner  and  (ii)  send  written  notice  to the  Certificateholders
requesting  instructions from such holders. Unless instructed otherwise within a
specified  period by holders  of more than 51% of the  Certificate  Balance  and
holders  of more than 51% of the  Class I  Notional  Principal  Amount or unless
otherwise  prohibited  by applicable  law, the Trustee will sell,  dispose of or
otherwise  liquidate the Receivables in a commercially  reasonable manner and on
commercially  reasonable  terms.  The  proceeds  from the sale,  disposition  or
liquidation  of the  Receivables  will be  distributed  to  Class A and  Class I
Certificateholders  each in respect of their remaining capital  investment,  and
the Trustee will then  distribute  amounts  owing the Surety Bond Issuer and the
Class IC  Certificateholder  and proceed to wind up and terminate the Trust.  If
such  proceeds are not  sufficient to pay any accrued and unpaid Class A Monthly
Interest,  Monthly  Principal,  the  remaining  Pool Balance and any accrued but
unpaid Class I Monthly  Interest and the Surety Bond Issuer in full,  the Spread
Account  may  not be  available  to  cover  such  deficiency,  and  the  Offered
Certificateholders  could incur a loss.  The Surety Bond is not available to pay
such shortfall.  Furthermore,  any  distributions of such proceeds will have the
same effect as a prepayment of the Receivables and would affect the yield on the
Class A  Certificates  and could  significantly  affect the yield on the Class I
Certificates. (Section 16.03.)

       An   "Insolvency   Event"   means,   with   respect   to  the   Class  IC
Certificateholder,  (i) the  entry of a decree  or order by a court or agency or
supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of
a trustee in bankruptcy for the Class IC  Certificateholder  in any  insolvency,
readjustment  of  debt,  marshalling  of  assets  and  liabilities,  or  similar
proceedings,   or  for  the   winding  up  or   liquidation   of  the  Class  IC
Certificateholder's  affairs,  and the  continuance  of any such decree or order
unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive  days; or (ii) the consent
by the Class IC  Certificateholder to the appointment of a trustee in bankruptcy
in any insolvency,  readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities,
or similar proceedings of or relating to the Class IC Certificateholder or of or
relating  to  substantially  all  of  its  property;   or  (iii)  the  Class  IC
Certificateholder  admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as
they become due, files a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency
or reorganization statute, makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
or voluntarily suspends payment of its obligations.  The Depositor,  the initial
Class IC  Certificateholder,  is a special purpose corporation the activities of
which are  circumscribed  by its charter with a view to reducing any risk of its
bankruptcy.

       In the event of a  liquidation  of the Trust due to an  Insolvency  Event
with  respect to the Class IC  Certificateholder,  the Surety  Bonds will not be
available  to pay a  deficiency  if the  liquidation  proceeds are less than the
Certificate Balance of the Receivables at the time of such liquidation.

Rights of the Surety Bond Issuer upon Events of Default, Amendment or Waiver

       Upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default,  the Surety Bond Issuer,  or
the  Trustee  upon the consent of the Surety  Bond  Issuer,  will be entitled to
appoint a successor Servicer. In addition to the events constituting an Event of
Default as described in the Prospectus, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will


                                      S-27
<PAGE>

also  permit  the Surety  Bond  Issuer to appoint a  successor  Servicer  and to
redirect  payments made under the Receivables to the Trustee upon the occurrence
of certain  additional events involving a failure of performance by the Servicer
or a  material  misrepresentation  made  by the  Servicer  under  the  Insurance
Agreement.

       The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  cannot be amended or any provisions
thereof  waived  without the consent of the Surety Bond Issuer if such amendment
or waiver would have a materially  adverse  effect upon the rights of the Surety
Bond Issuer.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

       Subject to the considerations  set forth under "ERISA  Considerations" in
the  Prospectus,  the Class A Certificates  and the Class I Certificates  may be
eligible for purchase by an employee  benefit plan or an  individual  retirement
account (a "Plan") subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  A fiduciary of a Plan must determine that the
purchase of a Class A  Certificate  or of a Class I  Certificates  is consistent
with its  fiduciary  duties  under  ERISA  and does not  result  in a  nonexempt
prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Code. For additional information regarding treatment of the Class A Certificates
and the Class I  Certificates  under ERISA,  see "ERISA  Considerations"  in the
Prospectus.

                                  UNDERWRITING

       Under  the  terms  and  subject  to  the  conditions  set  forth  in  the
underwriting  agreement  for  the  sale  of  the  Offered  Certificates,   dated
___________199__,  the Depositor has agreed to sell and each of the underwriters
named below (the  "Underwriters")  severally  agreed to purchase  the  principal
amount of the Offered Certificates set forth opposite its name below:

                                                                    Notional
                                                                    Principal
                                          Principal Amount          Amount of
                                             of Class A              Class I
Underwriters                                Certificates          Certificates
- - - - ------------                              ----------------        ------------
               ..........................   $                     $
               ..........................
               ..........................   $                     $

       In the underwriting  agreement,  the Underwriters have agreed, subject to
the  terms and  conditions  set  forth  therein,  to  purchase  all the  Offered
Certificates offered hereby if any of the Offered Certificates are purchased.

       The  Underwriters  propose  to  offer  part of the  Offered  Certificates
directly  to the public at the prices  set forth on the cover page  hereof,  and
part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of
______% of the  denominations  of the Class A Certificates or ____% of the gross
proceeds  of the  Class I  Certificates.  The  Underwriters  may  allow and such
dealers may reallow a concession  not in excess of ______% of the  denominations
of the Class A  Certificates  or  ______% of the gross  proceeds  of the Class I
Certificates to certain other dealers.

       The Depositor and UAC have agreed to indemnify the  Underwriters  against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

       The Depositor has been advised by the Underwriters  that the Underwriters
presently intend to make a market in the Offered  Certificates,  as permitted by
applicable laws and regulations. The Underwriters are not obligated, however, to
make a market in the  Offered  Certificates  and any such  market-making  may be


                                      S-28
<PAGE>

discontinued  at  any  time  at  the  sole   discretion  of  the   Underwriters.
Accordingly,  no  assurance  can be given as to the  liquidity  of,  or  trading
markets for, the Offered Certificates.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

       Certain legal matters relating to the Offered Certificates will be passed
upon for the Depositor by Barnes & Thornburg, Indianapolis, Indiana, and for the
Underwriters  by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft.  Certain  federal  income tax
consequences  with respect to the Offered  Certificates  will be passed upon for
the Depositor by _________________________.

                                     EXPERTS

       [To be completed]



                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

     TERM                                                                PAGE
     ----                                                                ----
     ABS  ........................................................       S-22
     Available Funds  ............................................       S-23
     Certificates    .............................................        S-3
     Certificate Balance..........................................        S-3
     Class A Certificateholders    ...............................        S-3
     Class A Certificates     ....................................        S-3
     Class A Monthly Interest  ...................................       S-25
     Class A Pass-Through Rate    ................................        S-3
     Class I Certificateholders     ..............................        S-4
     Class I Certificates    .....................................        S-4
     Class I Monthly Interest  ...................................       S-25
     Class I Pass-Through Rate    ................................        S-4
     Class IC Certificate    .....................................        S-1
     Class IC Certificateholder    ...............................        S-7
     Closing Date    .............................................        S-3
     Code   ......................................................       S-28
     Companion Component..........................................  S-5, S-19
     Cutoff Date    ..............................................        S-1
     Defaulted Receivable ........................................       S-25
     Depositor    ................................................   S-1, S-3
     Determination Date...........................................       S-26
     Distribution Date   .........................................   S-1, S-4
     Duff & Phelps................................................       S-18
     ERISA    ....................................................        S-9
     Final Scheduled Distribution Date............................        S-1
     Holdings.....................................................       S-18
     Insolvency Event  ...........................................       S-27
     Insurance Agreement .........................................       S-26
     Moody's......................................................       S-18
     Monthly Interest  ...........................................       S-25


                                      S-29
<PAGE>

     Monthly Principal  ..........................................  S-4, S-25
     Monthly Servicing Fee........................................        S-5
     Net Principal Surety Bond Amount.............................  S-7, S-26
     Notional Principal Amount....................................        S-5
     Offered Certificates   ......................................   S-1, S-4
     Optional Sale     ...........................................        S-8
     Original Notional Principal Amount...........................        S-4
     PAC Component................................................  S-5, S-19
     Payahead Account ............................................       S-23
     Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule  .................  S-5, S-19
     Plan  .......................................................       S-28
     Pool Balance     ............................................        S-4
     Pooling and Servicing Agreement     .........................        S-3
     Receivables    ..............................................        S-1
     Record Date    ..............................................        S-3
     Required Spread Amount    ...................................        S-7
     Servicer    .................................................        S-3
     Spread Account...............................................        S-6
     Standard & Poor's............................................       S-18
     Surety Bond..................................................   S-1, S-7
     Surety Bond Amount...........................................        S-8
     Surety Bond Fee .............................................       S-25
     Surety Bond Issuer ..........................................  S-8, S-17
     Trust    ....................................................        S-1
     Trustee    ..................................................        S-3
     UAC    ......................................................        S-3
     UAFC   ......................................................       S-22
     Underwriters  ...............................................       S-28



                                      S-30
<PAGE>

                                 [LEFT COLUMN]

No  dealer,  salesman,  or any  other  person  has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations  other than those  contained in this
Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus in connection with the offer contained
herein,  and, if given or made, such information or representations  must not be
relied upon as having been  authorized  by the  Depositor,  the  Servicer or the
Underwriters. This Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus do not constitute an
offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered
hereby in any  jurisdiction  to any person to whom it is  unlawful  to make such
offer or  solicitation  in such  jurisdiction.  The delivery of this  Prospectus
Supplement  and the  Prospectus at any time does not imply that the  information
herein or therein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                 Page
             Prospectus Supplement
Reports to Certificateholders.............................................  S-2
Summary of Terms..........................................................  S-3
Risk Factors ............................................................. S-10
Formation of the Trust  .................................................. S-11
The Receivables Pool...................................................... S-12
Yield and Prepayment Considerations....................................... S-16
The Depositor and UAC  ................................................... S-17
The Surety Bond Issuer.................................................... S-17
The Offered Certificates  ................................................ S-18
ERISA Considerations...................................................... S-28
Underwriting.............................................................. S-28
Legal Opinions............................................................ S-29
Experts................................................................... S-29
Index of Principal Terms ................................................. S-29
Financial Statements of the                                            
   Surety Bond Issuer.....................................................  F-1
                                                                       
       Prospectus                                                      
Available Information    ..................................................   2
Incorporation of Certain Documents                                     
   by Reference............................................................   2
Summary of Terms...........................................................   3
Risk Factors...............................................................  10
The Trusts.................................................................  13
The Receivables Pools......................................................  14
Weighted Average Life of the Certificates..................................  16
Pool Factors and Other                                                 
   Certificate Information.................................................  17
Use of Proceeds............................................................  17
Union Acceptance Corporation and Affiliates...............................   17
Description of the Certificates............................................  18
Description of the Transfer                                            
   and Servicing Agreements................................................  21
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables...................................  29
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences....................................  33
ERISA Considerations.......................................................  41
Plan of Distribution.......................................................  43
Legal Matters..............................................................  43
Index of Principal Terms...................................................  44

<PAGE>                                          
                                 [RIGHT COLUMN]

$_________________


UACSC 199___-___ Auto Trust


$__________________
_____% Class A Automobile
Receivable Pass-Through
Certificates


Class I Interest Only Automobile
Receivable Pass-Through
Certificates



UAC Securitization Corporation
Depositor


Union Acceptance Corporation
Servicer



                                    [Logo Here]






















Prospectus Supplement
Dated _________, 199__

<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus shall not
constitute  an offer to sell or the  solicitation  of an offer to buy, nor shall
there  be any sale of  these  securities  in any  State  in  which  such  offer,
solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to  registration  or  qualification
under the securities laws of any such State.

Subject to Completion dated July 17, 1996
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS DATED JULY 17, 1996

- - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          UACSC 199  -    Auto Trust
            $          % Class A Automobile Receivable Pass-Through Certificates
            $          % Class B Automobile Receivable Pass-Through Certificates

UAC Securitization Corporation
Depositor

Union Acceptance Corporation
Servicer
- - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UACSC 199 - Auto Trust (the  "Trust")  will be formed and will issue its %
Class  A  Automobile   Receivable   Pass-Through   Certificates  (the  "Class  A
Certificates") and the % Class B Automobile Receivable Pass-Through Certificates
(the  "Class  B  Certificates"   and,  with  the  Class  A   Certificates,   the
"Certificates")  pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement dated as of , 199
(the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement") among UAC Securitization Corporation, as
Depositor, Union Acceptance Corporation, as Servicer, and
                  , as Trustee.

     Principal and interest will be distributed  to holders of the  Certificates
on  the  third  business  day  after  the  fifth  day of  each  month  (each,  a
"Distribution  Date"),  in the manner and to the extent  described  herein.  The
Class A  Certificates  will  evidence in the  aggregate an  undivided  ownership
interest in  approximately  % of the Trust,  and the Class B  Certificates  will
evidence in the aggregate an undivided  ownership interest in approximately % of
the Trust. Principal and interest at the applicable  Pass-Through Rate generally
will be distributed to Certificateholders on the day of each month, commencing ,
199 . The rights of the Class B Certificateholders  to receive distributions are
subordinated  to the  rights of the  Class A  Certificateholders  to the  extent
described herein. The outstanding  principal amount, if any, of the Certificates
will be due and payable on (the "Final Scheduled Distribution Date").

  Prospective investors should consider, among other things, the information set
forth under "Risk Factors" on page S-10 of this  Prospectus  Supplement and page
10 of the Prospectus.

 THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT
REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION OR ANY
 OF ITS AFFILIATES. NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES NOR THE RECEIVABLES ARE INSURED
OR GUARANTEED BY UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION, ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY
                   GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
    AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON
    THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                       CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Price to Public     Underwriting Discounts and Commissions      Proceeds to Depositor(1)

<S>                                         <C>                  <C>                                          <C>
Per Class A Certificate ................                 %                                   %                                  %

Per Class B Certificate ................                 %                                   %                                  %

          Total ........................      $                   $                                           $
</TABLE>
(1)   Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $                      .

     The  Certificates  are  offered,  subject to prior  sale,  when,  as and if
accepted by the  Underwriters,  and subject to approval of certain legal matters
by Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft, counsel for the Underwriters.  It is expected
that delivery of the  Certificates in book-entry form will be made on or about ,
199 through the facilities of The  Depository  Trust  Company,  against  payment
therefor in immediately available funds.

                                           , 199


<PAGE>



         The  Certificates  represent  undivided  interests  in the  Trust,  the
property  of which  will  include  a pool of  simple  interest  and  precomputed
interest  installment sale and installment loan contracts  originated in various
states of the United States (the  "Receivables"),  security interests in the new
and used automobiles,  light trucks and vans financed thereby and certain monies
due thereunder after
            , 199 (the  "Cutoff  Date").  The  Trustee  will also hold monies on
deposit in a  Pre-Funding  Account,  which will be used to  purchase  additional
Receivables  from the Depositor from time to time on or before , 199 . The Trust
may also  draw on funds on  deposit  in a Yield  Supplement  Account  and a Cash
Collateral  Account,  to the extent  described  herein,  to meet  shortfalls  in
amounts due to Certificateholders on any Distribution Date. The Yield Supplement
Account and the Cash Collateral  Account will be maintained with the Trustee for
the benefit of the Certificateholders, but will not be part of the Trust.


         THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT
THE OFFERING OF THE  CERTIFICATES.  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  IS CONTAINED IN THE
PROSPECTUS,  AND  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND THE  PROSPECTUS IN FULL.  SALES OF THE  CERTIFICATES  MAY NOT BE
CONSUMMATED  UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT
AND THE PROSPECTUS.  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  CONTAINS  INFORMATION  THAT IS
SPECIFIC TO THE TRUST AND THE CERTIFICATES AND, TO THAT EXTENT,  SUPPLEMENTS AND
REPLACES THE MORE GENERAL  INFORMATION  PROVIDED IN THE PROSPECTUS.  INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT MAY ALSO REFLECT  LEGAL,  ECONOMIC AND
OTHER DEVELOPMENTS  SINCE THE DATE OF THE PROSPECTUS.  TO THE EXTENT INFORMATION
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT CONFLICTS WITH INFORMATION IN THE PROSPECTUS,  THE
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.


         IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS  THAT  STABILIZE  OR  MAINTAIN  THE  MARKET  PRICE  OF  THE
CERTIFICATES  AT A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.


         Until 90 days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the Certificates, whether or not participating in this
distribution,  may be required to deliver  this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
Prospectus.  This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to deliver  this
Prospectus  Supplement and the Prospectus when acting as  underwriters  and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



                          REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         Unless and until  definitive  certificates are issued (which will occur
only under the limited  circumstances  described  herein),  , as  Trustee,  will
provide  to  Cede  & Co.,  the  nominee  of The  Depository  Trust  Company,  as
registered holder of the Certificates,  monthly and annual statements concerning
the Trust and the  Certificates.  Such statements will not constitute  financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
A copy of the most recent monthly or annual  statement  concerning the Trust and
the  Certificates may be obtained by contacting the Servicer at Union Acceptance
Corporation, 250 North Shadeland Avenue, Indianapolis,  Indiana 46219 (telephone
(317) 231-7965).


                                       S-2

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS...............................................S-2
SUMMARY OF TERMS .........................................................  S-4
RISK FACTORS ............................................................  S-10
     The Pre-Funding Account ............................................  S-10
     Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables to the Trust ..................  S-10
     Certificates Solely Obligations of the Trust..........................S-11
     Limited Obligations of the Depositor,
       UAFC and the Servicer...............................................S-11
     Ratings of the Certificates...........................................S-11
FORMATION OF THE TRUST ................................................... S-12
     General...............................................................S-12
     The Trustee...........................................................S-12
THE RECEIVABLES POOL ..................................................... S-12
     Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses ......................... S-16
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS ...................................... S-18
     General ............................................................. S-18
     Mandatory Repurchase..................................................S-18
THE DEPOSITOR AND UAC .................................................... S-19
THE CERTIFICATES ......................................................... S-19
     General...............................................................S-19
     Distributions ....................................................... S-19
     Sale and Assignment of Receivables;
       Subsequent Receivables ............................................ S-19
     Accounts ............................................................ S-20
     Subordination of the Class B Certificates.............................S-21
     Advances ............................................................ S-21
     Distributions on the Certificates.................................... S-21
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS ..................................................... S-24
UNDERWRITING ............................................................. S-24
LEGAL OPINIONS ........................................................... S-24
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS ................................................. S-25




                                       S-3

<PAGE>


                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

          This Summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information   appearing   elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus   Supplement  and  the
Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Summary are defined elsewhere
in this Prospectus  Supplement on the pages indicated in the "Index of Principal
Terms" or, to the extent not defined herein,  have the meanings assigned to such
terms in the Prospectus.

Issuer........................UACSC 199 - Auto Trust.

Depositor.....................UAC Securitization Corporation (the "Depositor").

Servicer......................Union  Acceptance  Corporation (in its capacity as
                              servicer, the "Servicer," otherwise "UAC").

Trustee ......................


The Certificates .............The  Trust  will be  formed  and  will  issue  the
                              Certificates   on  ,  199  (the  "Closing   Date")
                              pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement.
                              The  Certificates  will  consist  of the % Class A
                              Automobile Receivable Pass-Through Certificates in
                              the  aggregate  principal  amount  of $ and  the %
                              Class   B   Automobile   Receivable   Pass-Through
                              Certificates in the aggregate  principal amount of
                              $ . The Class A Certificates  will evidence in the
                              aggregate  an  undivided   ownership  interest  in
                              approximately   %  of  the  Trust  (the  "Class  A
                              Percentage"),  and the Class B  Certificates  will
                              evidence in the  aggregate an undivided  ownership
                              interest  in  approximately  % of the  Trust  (the
                              "Class B  Percentage").  The Class B  Certificates
                              will be  subordinated  to the Class A Certificates
                              to  the   extent   described   herein.   See  "The
                              Certificates" herein.

                              Each  of  the   Certificates   will   represent  a
                              fractional  undivided  interest in the Trust.  The
                              Trust assets will include the Receivables, certain
                              monies  due  thereunder  after  the  Cutoff  Date,
                              security   interests   in  the  related   Financed
                              Vehicles,   monies   on   deposit   in  the  Yield
                              Supplement  Account,  the Certificate  Account and
                              the proceeds thereof,  any proceeds from claims on
                              certain   insurance   policies   relating  to  the
                              Financed  Vehicles  or the related  Obligors,  any
                              lender's single  interest  insurance  policy,  the
                              Cash Collateral Account,  and certain rights under
                              the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.



Class A Pass-Through Rate.....______% per annum,  payable monthly at one-twelfth
                              the annual rate.

Class B Pass-Through Rate.....______% per annum,  payable monthly at one-twelfth
                              the annual rate.

Distribution Date.............The third  business day after the fifth day of the
                              month following the Record Date, commencing , 199.

Monthly Interest..............Interest   will   be    distributable    on   each
                              Distribution  Date beginning , 199 , to holders of
                              record  as of the last day of the  calendar  month
                              immediately  preceding the calendar month in which
                              such  Distribution Date occurs (the "Record Date")
                              of (i) the  Class A  Certificates  (the  "Class  A
                              Certificateholders")  in a maximum amount equal to
                              the   product  of  1/12th  of  %  (the   "Class  A
                              Pass-Through Rate") and the aggregate  outstanding
                              principal balance of the Class A Certificates (the
                              "Class A Principal  Balance") as of the  preceding
                              Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect  to all
                              distributions to  Certificateholders on such date)
                              and (ii) the Class B  Certificates  (the  "Class B
                              Certificateholders")  in a maximum amount equal to
                              the   product  of  1/12th  of  %  (the   "Class  B
                              Pass-Through Rate") and the aggregate  outstanding
                              principal balance of the Class B Certificates (the
                              "Class B Principal  Balance") as of the  preceding
                              Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect  to all
                              distributions to Certificateholders on such date).
                              Interest on the Class A Certificates and the Class
                              B Certificates  will be calculated on the basis of
                              a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
                              See  "The  Certificates  --  Distributions".   The
                              effective  yield on the Class A  Certificates  and
                              the  Class  B  Certificates  will  be  below  that
                              otherwise  produced  by the  Class A  Pass-Through
                              Rate   and   the   Class  B   Pass-Through   Rate,
                              respectively,  because the distribution of Monthly
                              Principal  and Monthly  Interest in respect of any
                              given month will not be made until on or about the
                              day  of  the  following   month.  See  "Yield  and
                              Prepayment Considerations" herein.

Monthly Principal.............On  each  Distribution   Date,  the  Trustee  will
                              distribute to the Class A  Certificateholders  and
                              the Class B Certificateholders  (collectively, the
                              "Certificateholders")  all  principal  payments on
                              the   Receivables,   including  full  and  partial
                              prepayments  received  by the  Trustee  during the
                              preceding  calendar month.  Monthly Principal will
                              be passed  through to  Certificateholders  on each
                              Distribution Date in a maximum amount equal to the
                              aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the
                              Receivables  (the "Pool  Balance") on the last day
                              of the second preceding calendar month (or, in the
                              case of the  first  Distribution  Date,  as of the
                              Cutoff Date) less the Pool Balance on the last day
                              of the immediately  preceding  calendar month. For
                              the purpose of determining Monthly Principal,  the
                              unpaid principal balance of a Defaulted Receivable
                              or a  Purchased  Receivable  will be  deemed to be
                              zero on and  after  the last  day of the  calendar
                              month in which such Receivable becomes a Defaulted
                              Receivable   or   a   Purchased   Receivable,   as
                              applicable.

                              The weighted average life of the Certificates will
                              be reduced by full or partial  prepayments  on the
                              Receivables (except certain prepayments in respect
                              of Precomputed Receivables).  Neither the Servicer
                              nor  the  Depositor  nor any of  their  affiliates
                              maintains specific  statistical data regarding the
                              historical prepayment experience of its automobile
                              receivable  portfolio.  See "The  Certificates  --
                              Distributions" herein.

The Receivables...............On the Closing  Date,  the  Depositor  will convey
                              Receivables    to   the   Trust   (the    "Initial
                              Receivables")   having  an   aggregate   principal
                              balance  of  approximately  $  as  of ,  199  (the
                              "Initial Cutoff Date"). The Trust will acquire the
                              Initial Receivables from the Depositor pursuant to
                              the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  In addition,
                              the Depositor will be obligated under the terms of
                              the  Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement  to  sell
                              additional     Receivables     (the    "Subsequent
                              Receivables")  to the Trust  (subject  only to the
                              availability    thereof)   having   an   aggregate
                              principal  balance equal to  approximately  $ (the
                              "Pre-Funded  Amount"),   and  the  Trust  will  be
                              obligated to purchase the  Subsequent  Receivables
                              from the Depositor (subject to the satisfaction of
                              certain  conditions  set forth in the  Pooling and
                              Servicing  Agreement)  prior  to  the  end  of the
                              Funding Period.  The Depositor will designate as a
                              cutoff date (each,  a  "Subsequent  Cutoff  Date")
                              each  date  as  of  which  particular   Subsequent
                              Receivables  are conveyed to the Trust.  Each date
                              during  the  Funding  Period  on which  Subsequent
                              Receivables  will  be  conveyed  to the  Trust  is
                              referred  to  herein  as  a  "Subsequent  Transfer
                              Date".   See   "The   Certificates   --  Sale  and
                              Assignment of Receivables; Subsequent Receivables"
                              and  "The   Receivables   Pool"  herein  and  "The
                              Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus.

                              The Depositor will acquire the Initial Receivables
                              on  or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  from  Union
                              Acceptance Funding  Corporation  ("UAFC") pursuant
                              to a  purchase  agreement  dated  as of , 199 (the
                              "Purchase  Agreement")  among the Depositor,  UAFC
                              and UAC.  UAFC  also will be  obligated  under the
                              Purchase   Agreement   to  sell   the   Subsequent
                              Receivables  to the  Depositor,  for resale by the
                              Depositor to the Trust. In the Purchase Agreement,
                              UAC and UAFC will make certain representations and
                              warranties with respect to the Receivables and UAC
                              will undertake to repurchase  any Receivable  with
                              respect  to which an  uncured  breach  of any such
                              representation  or warranty  exists if such breach
                              materially and adversely affects the rights of the
                              Depositor or its assignee in such  Receivable  and
                              if such  breach  is not  cured by UAC or UAFC in a
                              timely   manner.   Pursuant  to  the  Pooling  and
                              Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will assign its
                              rights  against  UAC and UAFC with  respect to any
                              Receivable  of which there  exists a breach of any
                              representation  and warranty that  materially  and
                              adversely    affects    the    rights    of    the
                              Certificateholders.  See "The Certificates -- Sale
                              and   Assignment   of   Receivables;    Subsequent
                              Receivables"  herein.  None  of  UAC,  UAFC or the
                              Depositor  will  have any  other  obligation  with
                              respect to the Receivables or the Certificates.

                              The  Receivables   arise,  or  will  arise,   from
                              Contracts  originated  or  acquired,  directly  or
                              indirectly, by UAC from Dealers located in various
                              states of the United  States.  The  Contracts  are
                              sold in their  ordinary  course of business by UAC
                              to  UAFC  immediately  after  the  origination  or
                              acquisition by UAC. The Initial  Receivables  have
                              been selected, and the Subsequent Receivables will
                              be  selected,  from  the  Contracts  owned by UAFC
                              based on the criteria specified in the Pooling and
                              Servicing  Agreement  and  described  herein under
                              "The Receivables Pool" and in the Prospectus under
                              "The Receivables  Pools". As of the Initial Cutoff
                              Date,  the weighted  average  Contract Rate of the
                              Initial   Receivables  was  approximately  %,  the
                              weighted average remaining term to maturity of the
                              Initial Receivables was approximately  months, and
                              the weighted  average original term to maturity of
                              the Initial Receivables was approximately  months.
                              No  Initial  Receivable  has,  and  no  Subsequent
                              Receivable  will have, a scheduled  maturity later
                              than (the "Final Scheduled Maturity Date").

                              Subsequent   Receivables   may  be  originated  or
                              acquired  by  UAC at a  later  date  using  credit
                              criteria  that differ from those that were applied
                              to  the  Initial  Receivables  and  may  be  of  a
                              different   credit  quality  and   seasoning.   In
                              addition,  following  the  transfer of  Subsequent
                              Receivables to the Trust, the  characteristics  of
                              the entire  pool of  Receivables  included  in the
                              Trust  may vary  significantly  from  those of the
                              Initial   Receivables.   For  a   description   of
                              provisions   for  the   transfer   of   Subsequent
                              Receivables  and   verification   that  Subsequent
                              Receivables  conform to  the  requirements  of the
                              Pooling and Servicing Agreement, see "Risk Factors
                              -- The  Pre-Funding  Account",  "--  Conveyance of
                              Subsequent   Receivables   to  the  Trust",   "The
                              Receivables  Pool" and "The  Certificates  -- Sale
                              and   Assignment   of   Receivables;    Subsequent
                              Receivables"  herein.  See also  "Risk  Factors --
                              Sale of Subsequent  Receivables," and "Description
                              of the Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements -- Sale
                              and Assignment of Receivables" in the Prospectus.

Pre-Funding Account ..........During the period (the "Funding  Period") from and
                              including  the Closing  Date until the earliest to
                              occur  of (a) the  date on  which  the  amount  on
                              deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account is equal to $
                              or less, (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default
                              under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (c) the
                              occurrence of certain  events of  insolvency  with
                              respect to the  Depositor  or the  Servicer or (d)
                              the  [third]  Distribution  Date,  the  Pre-Funded
                              Amount  will  be  maintained  in an  account  (the
                              "Pre-Funding Account") in the name of the Trustee.
                              The  Funding  Period  will not be more than  three
                              calendar months.  The Pre- Funded Amount initially
                              will equal $ and, during the Funding Period,  will
                              be reduced by the amount thereof used to purchase

                              Subsequent  Receivables  in  accordance  with  the
                              Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  See "Description
                              of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Trust
                              Accounts -- Pre-Funding Account" in the Prospectus
                              and "The  Certificates  -- Sale and  Assignment of
                              Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" herein.

                              Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account during
                              the Funding Period will be invested by the Trustee
                              in Eligible Investments,  provided,  however, that
                              such funds will not be  invested  in money  market
                              funds  unless the  Trustee  receives an opinion of
                              counsel to the effect that such an  investment  in
                              money  market funds would not require the Trust to
                              register  as  an  investment   company  under  the
                              Investment   Company   Act   of   1940.   Eligible
                              Investments  held in the Pre-Funding  Account will
                              be required to mature not later than the  business
                              day preceding the next scheduled Distribution Date
                              or the next  Subsequent  Transfer  Date within the
                              Funding Period  identified by the  Depositor.  Any
                              Investment  Income with  respect to such  Eligible
                              Investments   will   be   transferred   from   the
                              Pre-Funding  Account to the Certificate Account on
                              each  Distribution  Date and will be  included  in
                              Available  Funds for such  Distribution  Date. Any
                              Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining  at  the  end of the
                              Funding    Period   will   be   payable   to   the
                              Certificateholders.   The  Certificates   will  be
                              prepaid,  in part,  pro rata on the basis of their
                              initial  principal  amounts,  on the  Distribution
                              Date on or  immediately  following the last day of
                              the  Funding  Period in the event  that any amount
                              remains  on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account
                              after  giving   effect  to  the  purchase  of  all
                              Subsequent   Receivables,   including   any   such
                              purchase  on such date.  The  aggregate  principal
                              amount of  Certificates  to be prepaid  will be an
                              amount  equal to the amount then on deposit in the
                              Pre-Funding Account.  Such pre-payment will reduce
                              the   Certificateholders'   outstanding  principal
                              balance and anticipated  yield.  See "Risk Factors
                              -- The Pre-Funding  Account" and "The Certificates
                              -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables;  Subsequent
                              Receivables"  herein. See also "Description of the
                              Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Accounts" in
                              the Prospectus.

Subordination.................The  rights of the Class B  Certificateholders  to
                              receive   distributions   to  which   they   would
                              otherwise   be  entitled   with   respect  to  the
                              Receivables are  subordinated to the rights of the
                              Class  A  Certificateholders,  as  described  more
                              fully   herein.    See   "The    Certificates   --
                              Distributions"  and "-- Subordination of the Class
                              B Certificates; Cash Collateral Account" herein.

Cash Collateral
  Account ....................The Depositor will  establish the Cash  Collateral
                              Account on the  Closing  Date and will  deposit in
                              such  account  an amount  equal to % of the sum of
                              the  initial  Class A  Principal  Balance  and the
                              Class  B  Principal  Balance  (collectively,   the
                              "Certificate   Principal   Balance").    On   each
                              Distribution  Date  thereafter,  the Servicer will
                              deposit  into  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  any
                              amounts remaining in the Certificate Account after
                              the payment on such date of every other obligation
                              of the Trust. The Trustee will withdraw funds from
                              the Cash Collateral  Account on each  Distribution
                              Date to the extent of any shortfall in the Monthly
                              Interest  and  Monthly  Principal.  Any  amount on
                              deposit  in the  Cash  Collateral  Account  on any
                              Distribution  Date in  excess  the  Required  Cash
                              Collateral   Amount   after  all  other   required
                              deposits  thereto and  withdrawals  therefrom have
                              been made,  will be  distributed to the Depositor.
                              Any amount so distributed to the Depositor will no
                              longer  be an asset of the  Trust.  The  "Required
                              Cash  Collateral   Amount"  with  respect  to  any
                              Distribution  Date will equal % of the Certificate
                              Principal Balance.

                              While it is intended that the amount on deposit in
                              the  Cash  Collateral   Account  grow  over  time,
                              through   the   deposit   thereto  of  the  excess
                              collections,  if any, on the  Receivables,  to the
                              Required Cash Collateral  Amount,  there can be no
                              assurance  that such growth will  actually  occur.
                              See "The Certificates -- Accounts" herein.

                              The Cash  Collateral  Account  will be  maintained
                              with the Trustee as a segregated trust account for
                              the benefit of Certificateholders, but will not be
                              part of the Trust.

Optional Purchase ............The Servicer  may purchase all of the  Receivables
                              (referred to herein as an "Optional  Purchase") as
                              of the last  day of any  Collection  Period,  at a
                              purchase  price equal to the fair market  value of
                              the Receivables (but not less than their aggregate
                              outstanding  principal  balance  plus  accrued and
                              unpaid  interest  thereon),   if  the  Certificate
                              Principal Balance as of the following Distribution
                              Date  will  equal  10%  or  less  of  the  initial
                              Certificate Principal Balance.


Tax Status .................. In the opinion of Federal Tax  Counsel,  the Trust
                              will be  treated  as a grantor  trust for  federal
                              income  tax  purposes  and will not be  subject to
                              federal income tax. Owners of beneficial interests
                              in the  Certificates  will  report  their pro rata
                              share  of all  income  earned  on the  Receivables
                              (other than amounts,  if any, treated as "stripped
                              coupons") and,  subject to certain  limitations in
                              the  case of  such  owners  who  are  individuals,
                              trusts or estates, may deduct their pro rata share
                              of reasonable servicing and other fees.

                              See "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences" in
                              the   Prospectus   for   additional    information
                              concerning  the  application of federal income tax
                              laws to the Trust and the Certificates.

ERISA Considerations..........Subject  to  the  considerations  discussed  under
                              "ERISA   Considerations"   herein   and   in   the
                              Prospectus,   the  Class  A  Certificates  may  be
                              eligible  for purchase by employee  benefit  plans
                              subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security
                              Act   of   1974,    as    amended.    See   "ERISA
                              Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus.

                              Because the Class B Certificates  are subordinated
                              to  the   Class  A   Certificates,   the  Class  B
                              Certificates may not be purchased by Plans.

Ratings of the Certificates ..It  is  a  condition   to  the   issuance  of  the
                              Certificates  that  the  Class A  Certificates  be
                              rated at least  and the  Class B  Certificates  be
                              rated at least by at least  nationally  recognized
                              statistical  rating  agencies.  A rating  is not a
                              recommendation  to  purchase,  hold  or  sell  the
                              Certificates,  inasmuch  as such  rating  does not
                              comment as to market  price or  suitability  for a
                              particular  investor.   The  ratings  address  the
                              likelihood  that  principal of and interest on the
                              Certificates will be paid pursuant to their terms.
                              There can be no  assurance  that a rating will not
                              be  lowered  or  withdrawn  by a rating  agency if
                              circumstances  so  warrant.  See "Risk  Factors --
                              Ratings of the Certificates" herein.


                                       S-4

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS


          In  addition to the other  information  contained  in this  Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus,  prospective  investors should carefully consider
the  following  risk  factors and those  discussed in the  Prospectus  under the
heading "Risk Factors" before investing in the Certificates.

The Pre-Funding Account

          On the Closing Date, the Depositor will deposit the Pre-Funded  Amount
to the Pre-Funding  Account.  The  Pre-Funding  Account will be maintained as an
Eligible  Deposit Account.  The Pre-Funded  Amount will be used only to purchase
Subsequent  Receivables.  Prior to their withdrawal from the Pre-Funding Account
as payment  for  Subsequent  Receivables,  funds on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account  will be invested in Eligible  Investments,  and any  investment  income
thereon will be included on the following Distribution Date as part of Available
Funds.  Any  amounts  remaining  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  at the end of the
Funding  Period  will  be  distributed  pro  rata  to  Certificateholders  as  a
prepayment of principal of the  Certificates.  Such  prepayment  will reduce the
Certificateholder's  outstanding  principal  balance and anticipated  yield. See
"Yield  and  Prepayment  Considerations  --  Mandatory  Repurchase"  herein  and
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Pre-Funding Account" in
the Prospectus.  The amounts on deposit may be invested in Eligible Investments,
provided,  however,  that such funds will not be invested in money  market funds
unless the  Trustee  receives  an opinion of counsel to the effect  that such an
investment  in money  market funds would not require the Trust to register as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables to the Trust

          On  the  Closing  Date,   the  Depositor  will  convey  to  the  Trust
approximately $ of Initial Receivables and the approximately $ Pre-Funded Amount
on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account.  If the  principal  amount of  eligible
Receivables  originated  or  acquired  by UAC  and  sold to  UAFC  prior  to the
termination of the Funding Period is less than the Pre-Funded Amount,  UAFC will
have insufficient  Receivables to sell to the Depositor,  and the Depositor will
have  insufficient  Receivables  to sell to the Trust,  thereby  resulting  in a
prepayment  of  principal  to the  Certificateholders  as  described  below.  In
addition,   any   conveyance  of  Subsequent   Receivables  is  subject  to  the
satisfaction,  on or  before  the  related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  of  the
following  conditions,  among others: (i) each such Subsequent  Receivable shall
satisfy  the  eligibility  criteria  specified  in  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement and shall not have been selected from among such eligible  Receivables
in a manner that UAFC or the  Depositor  deems  adverse to the  interests of the
Certificateholders;   (ii)  as  of  the  related  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date,  the
Receivables in the Trust at that time,  including the Subsequent  Receivables to
be conveyed by the  Depositor  to the Trust as of such  Subsequent  Cutoff Date,
must satisfy the parameters  described under "The  Receivables  Pool" herein and
under "The Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus;  (iii) UAFC shall have executed
and  delivered  to the  Depositor,  and the  Depositor  shall have  executed and
delivered to the Trustee, a written assignment (including a schedule identifying
such  Subsequent  Receivables)  conveying  such  Subsequent  Receivables  to the
Depositor  and the Trust,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  conveyance  of the
Subsequent  Receivables to the Trust will also be subject to the satisfaction of
the  following  requirements  within days after the  termination  of the Funding
Period:  (a) the  Depositor  shall  deliver  certain  opinions of counsel to the
Trustee and the Rating  Agencies with respect to the validity of the  conveyance
of the  Subsequent  Receivables  to the Trust;  (b) the  Trustee  shall  receive
written  confirmation  from a firm of  certified  public  accountants  that  the
Receivables,  including the Subsequent Receivables,  meet the criteria described
herein under "The Receivables Pool" and in the Prospectus under "The Receivables
Pools"; and (c) the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Depositor in writing
that,  following the conveyance of the Subsequent  Receivables to the Trust, the
Certificates  will  continue  to be rated by such  Rating  Agencies  in the same
rating   categories  in  which  they  were  rated  on  the  Closing  Date.  Such
confirmation of the ratings of the Certificates may depend on factors other than
the  characteristics of the Subsequent  Receivables,  including the delinquency,
repossession  and net loss  experience  on the  automobile,  light truck and van
receivables in the portfolio serviced by UAC.


                                       S-5

<PAGE>



          UAC  will  immediately   repurchase  from  the  Trust  any  Subsequent
Receivable  that  fails  to  satisfy  the  conditions  listed  in the  preceding
paragraph, at a purchase price equal to the Purchase Amount therefor.

          To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account have
not been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent Receivables by the Trust by
the end of the Funding Period, the Certificateholders  will receive a prepayment
of  principal  in an amount  equal to the  Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining  in the
Pre-Funding Account following the purchase of all Subsequent Receivables.  It is
anticipated that the principal amount of the Subsequent  Receivables sold to the
Trust  will not be exactly  equal to the  amount on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account  and,  therefore,  that  there  will be at  least a  nominal  amount  of
principal  prepaid  to  the   Certificateholders.   See  "Yield  and  Prepayment
Considerations -- Mandatory Repurchase".

          Each Subsequent  Receivable,  at the time it is conveyed to the Trust,
must satisfy the  eligibility  criteria  specified in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.  However, Subsequent Receivables may have been originated or acquired
by UAC and sold to UAFC at a later date using  credit  criteria  different  from
those that were  applied to the  Initial  Receivables  and may be of a different
credit  quality and seasoning.  Therefore,  following the transfer of Subsequent
Receivables to the Trust,  the  characteristics  of the entire  Receivables Pool
included  in the  Trust  may  vary  significantly  from  those  of  the  Initial
Receivables.  See  "The  Receivables  Pool"  and "The  Certificates  -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables;  Subsequent  Receivables" herein and "The Receivables
Pools" in the Prospectus.

Certificates Solely Obligations of the Trust

          The  Certificates are interests in the Trust only and do not represent
the  obligation  of any other person.  The Trustee will withdraw  funds from the
Cash Collateral  Account, up to the full balance of the funds on deposit in such
account, in the event that sufficient funds are not available in accordance with
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement to distribute  Monthly Interest and Monthly
Principal  and to pay the  Servicing  Fee on any  Distribution  Date.  The  Cash
Collateral  Account is initially % of the Certificate  Principal  Balance and is
intended to increase over time to     % of the  Certificate  Principal  Balance.
There is no  assurance  that such  growth  will occur or that the balance in the
Cash  Collateral  Account will always be sufficient to assure payment in full of
Monthly  Principal and Monthly  Interest on the  Certificates.  In the event the
amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral  Account is reduced to zero,  losses on
the Receivables will be borne directly first by Class B Certificateholders until
the  Class B  Principal  Balance  is  reduced  to  zero,  and  then  by  Class A
Certificateholders. See "The Receivables Pool -- Delinquencies, Repossession and
Net Losses" and "The Certificates -- Cash Collateral Account".

Limited Obligations of the Depositor, UAFC and the Servicer

          None of the Depositor,  UAFC or the Servicer is generally obligated to
make any payments in respect of the Certificates or the Receivables; however, if
UAC were to cease  acting as  Servicer,  delays in  processing  payments  on the
Receivables  and information in respect thereof could occur and result in delays
in payment to the  Certificateholders.  In  addition,  UAC and UAFC make certain
representations and warranties with respect to the Receivables and, in the event
of a breach of any such representation or warranty that materially and adversely
affects the rights of the  Certificateholders in a Receivable,  UAC is obligated
under  the  Purchase  Agreement  and the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  to
repurchase  such  Receivable  from the Trust at a repurchase  price equal to the
Purchase  Amount  thereof.  See  "The  Certificates  -- Sale and  Assignment  of
Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" herein and "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables" in the Prospectus.

Ratings of the Certificates

     As a condition  to the  issuance of the Offered  Certificates,  the Class A
Certificates must be rated at least , and the Class B Certificates must be rated
at least , by at least  nationally  recognized  rating agency. A rating is not a
recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Certificates,  inasmuch as a rating
does not comment as to market price or  suitability  for a particular  investor.
The ratings of the Certificates  address the likelihood of the timely payment of
interest  on, and the  ultimate  repayment  of  principal  of, the  Certificates
pursuant to their terms. There can be no assurance that a rating will remain for
any given period of time or that a

                                       S-6

<PAGE>



rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn  entirely by a Rating  Agency if in its
judgment  circumstances in the future so warrant.  In the event that a rating is
subsequently  lowered or  withdrawn,  no person or entity  will be  required  to
provide  any  additional  credit  enhancement.   The  ratings  of  the  Class  A
Certificates are based primarily on the credit quality of the  Receivables,  the
subordination  of the Class B Certificates  and the availability of funds in the
Cash Collateral  Account,  and the ratings of the Class B Certificates are based
primarily on the credit quality of the Receivables and the availability of funds
in the Cash Collateral Account.


                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST

General

          The  Depositor  will  establish the Trust by selling and assigning the
Trust  property,  as  described  below,  to the  Trustee  in  exchange  for  the
Certificates.  The Servicer will service the Receivables pursuant to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement and will be compensated for acting as the Servicer.  See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing  Compensation
and Payment of Expenses"  in the  Prospectus.  To  facilitate  servicing  and to
minimize  administrative  burden and  expense,  the  Servicer  will be appointed
custodian of the Receivables and the related documents by the Trustee,  but will
not stamp the  Receivables to reflect the sale and assignment of the Receivables
to the Trust or amend the certificates of title of the Financed Vehicles. In the
absence of amendments  to the  certificates  of title,  the Trustee may not have
perfected  security  interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables
in some states. See "Risk Factors -- Certain Legal Aspects -- Security Interests
in Financed  Vehicles"  and "Certain  Legal Aspects of the  Receivables"  in the
Prospectus.  Under the terms of the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  UAC may
delegate its duties as Servicer and custodian; however, any such delegation will
not relieve UAC of its liability and responsibility with respect to such duties.

          If  the  protection  provided  to   Certificateholders   by  the  Cash
Collateral  Account  and,  in the case of the  Class A  Certificateholders,  the
subordination of the Class B Certificates is  insufficient,  the Trust will look
only to the Obligors on the Receivables  and the proceeds from the  repossession
and  sale  of  Financed  Vehicles  that  secure  defaulted  Receivables  to fund
distributions  of  principal  and interest on the  Certificates.  In such event,
certain  factors,  such as the  Trust's  not  having  first  priority  perfected
security  interests  in some of the  Financed  Vehicles,  may affect the Trust's
ability to realize  on the  collateral  securing  the  Receivables  and thus may
reduce the proceeds to be distributed to Certificateholders  with respect to the
Certificates.  See "The Certificates -- Distributions"  and "-- Subordination of
the Class B  Certificates;  Cash  Collateral  Account" herein and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.

     Each Certificate  represents a fractional  undivided  ownership interest in
the  Trust.  The  Trust  property  includes  the  Contracts  transferred  by the
Depositor  to the Trust and certain  payments  due  thereunder  after the Cutoff
Date. The Trust property also includes (i) such amounts as from time to time may
be held in the Certificate  Account;  (ii) the right to draw on funds on deposit
in the Cash Collateral  Account,  the Payahead  Account and the Yield Supplement
Account,  to the  extent  described  herein,  (iii)  security  interests  in the
Financed Vehicles and any accessions  thereto;  (iv) the rights to proceeds with
respect to the  Receivables  from  claims on  physical  damage,  credit life and
disability insurance policies covering the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors, as
the case may be, and any lender's  single  interest  insurance  policy;  (v) any
property that shall have secured a Receivable  and that shall have been acquired
by the Trustee;  (vi) the Pre-Funding Account; and (vii) any and all proceeds of
the foregoing. The Cash Collateral Account and the Yield Supplement Account will
be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders, but will
not be part of the  Trust.  The assets of the Trust  will not  include,  and the
Certificateholders  will have no interest  in, any  contract  between UAC or the
Predecessor and any Dealer establishing  "dealer reserves" or any right pursuant
to any such contract to recapture dealer reserves.


                                       S-7

<PAGE>



The Trustee

__________________________ is Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
______________________________ is a ____________________________________ banking
corporation, and its principal offices are located at _________________________.
The  Depositor  and  its  affiliates  may  maintain  normal  commercial  banking
relations with the Trustee and its affiliates.


                              THE RECEIVABLES POOL

     The pool of Receivables conveyed to the Trust (the "Receivables Pool") will
include the Initial Receivables  purchased as of the Initial Cutoff Date and any
Subsequent Receivables purchased as of the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Dates.

     The Initial  Receivables were, and the Subsequent  Receivables were or will
be,  selected  from UAFC's  portfolio  for purchase by the  Depositor by several
criteria,  including  that each  Receivable:  (i) had or will  have an  original
number of payments of not more than  payments and not less than  payments,  (ii)
had or will have a remaining  maturity of not more than months and not less than
months,  (iii)  provided or will provide for level  monthly  payments that fully
amortize the amount  financed  over the original  term,  (iv) had or will have a
Contract Rate (exclusive of prepaid finance charges) of not less than %, and (v)
was not or will not be more  than  days  past  due as of the  Cutoff  Date.  The
weighted average remaining maturity of the Initial Receivables will be months as
of the Initial Cutoff Date.

      Approximately             % of the Initial Receivables are simple interest
contracts which provide for equal monthly payments.  Approximately             %
of the aggregate principal balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial 
Cutoff Date are Precomputed Receivables (as defined in the Prospectus) 
originated in                                         .  All of such Precomputed
Receivables  are  Rule  of  78's  Receivables  (as  defined  in the Prospectus).
Approximately         % of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  initial
Cutoff  Date represent  financing of new vehicles;  the remainder of the Initial
Receivables represent financing of used vehicles.

      Initial Receivables representing more than 10%  of the aggregate principaL
balance of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date were originated in metropolitan
areas in each of the States of                ,                ,             and
        . The performance of the Receivables in the aggregate could be adversely
affected in particular by the development of adverse economic conditions in such
metropolitan areas.

     The  obligation  of the  Trust  to  purchase  Subsequent  Receivables  on a
Subsequent  Transfer  Date will be subject to the following  criteria:  [specify
applicable  criteria].  In  addition,  such  obligation  will be  subject to the
Receivables (including the Subsequent Receivables to be transferred to the Trust
on such Subsequent  Transfer Date) having a weighted average  remaining term not
greater than months.  Such criteria will be based on the  characteristics of the
Initial Receivables on the Initial Cutoff Date and any Subsequent Receivables on
the related Subsequent Cutoff Date.

     The Initial  Receivables  will represent  approximately  % of the aggregate
initial principal balance of the Certificates.  However, except for the criteria
described in the preceding paragraphs, there will be no required characteristics
of the Subsequent Receivables.  Therefore,  following the transfer of Subsequent
Receivables  to  the  Trust,  the  aggregate   characteristics   of  the  entire
Receivables Pool, including the composition of the Receivables, the distribution
by Contract Rate and the geographic  distribution,  may vary  significantly from
those of the Initial Receivables. The composition, distribution by Contract Rate
and geographic  distribution of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff
Date are as set forth in the following tables.



                                       S-8

<PAGE>



      Composition of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Aggregate      Original       Weighted
                                                       Number of        Principal      rincipal       Average
                                                      Receivables        Balance      PBalance          Rate
                                                      ------------     -----------    ----------    ------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>            <C>           <C>
New Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks..............
Used Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks.............
New Vans (1).......................................
Used Vans (1)......................................
                                                      ------------     -----------    ----------    ------------
All Receivables....................................
                                                      ============     ===========    ==========    ============
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Weighted      Weighted       Percent of     Scheduled
                                                        Average        Average        Aggregate     Weighted
                                                       Remaining      Original        Principal      Average
                                                        Term (2)      Term (2)       Balance (3)    Life (2)
                                                      ------------   -----------     -----------   -----------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>            <C>           <C>
New Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks..............
Used Automobiles and Light-Duty Trucks.............
New Vans (1).......................................
Used Vans (1)......................................
                                                      ------------   -----------     -----------   -----------
All Receivables....................................
                                                      ============   ===========     ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
- - - - -----------------

(1)  References to vans include minivans and van conversions.
(2)  Based on scheduled maturity and assuming no prepayments of the Receivables.
(3)  Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.


                     Geographic Distribution of the Initial
                   Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date

                                                       Percent of Aggregate
State (1)(2)                                           Principal Balance (3)
- - - - ------------                                           ---------------------








(1)  Based on address of the Dealer selling the related Financed Vehicle.
(2)  Receivables  originated  in Ohio  were  solicited  by  Dealers  for  direct
     financing  by  UAC  [or  the   Predecessor.]  All  other  Receivables  were
     originated  by  Dealers  and  purchased  from such  Dealers  by UAC [or the
     Predecessor].
(3)  Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.



                                       S-9

<PAGE>



           Distribution of Initial Receivables Vehicles by Model Year
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Percentage      Principal
                                                 Number of      of Total (1)   Balance as of     Percentage
Model Year                                      Receivables                    Cut Off Date     of Total (1)
                                               -------------   ------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>             <C>               <C>
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
    ....................................
                                               -------------   ------------   --------------   --------------
Total...................................
                                               =============   ============   ==============   ==============
</TABLE>
- - - - ------------------------

(1)   Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.


                   Distribution of the Initial Receivables by
                  Contract Rate as of the Initial Cutoff Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Percentage
                                                                Aggregate        Average        of Aggregate
                                                 Number of      Principal       Principal        Principal
Contract Rate Range                             Receivables      Balance         Balance         Balance(1)
                                               -------------   ------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
      to      %.........................
                                               -------------   ------------   --------------   --------------
      to      %.........................
                                               =============   ============   ==============   ==============
- - - - ------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)   Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.





                                      S-10

<PAGE>



                   Distribution of the Initial Receivables by
                  Remaining Term as of the Initial Cutoff Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 Percentage of
                                                                  Aggregate       Average          Aggregate
Remaining Scheduled                                 Number of     Principal      Principal         Principal
Term Range                                         Receivables     Balance        Balance         Balance (1)
- - - - --------------------------                                                                                   
                                                  -------------  ------------   ------------   -----------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>            <C>           <C>
      to       months......................
      to       months......................
      to       months......................
      to       months......................
      to       months......................
      to       months......................
      to       months......................
      to       months......................
      to       months......................
                                                  -------------  ------------   ------------   -----------------
Total......................................
                                                  =============  ============   ============   =================
</TABLE>

- - - - ------------------------

(1)  Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.


Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses

     Set forth below is certain information concerning the experience of UAC and
the Predecessor  pertaining to delinquencies,  repossessions,  and net losses on
fixed rate retail  automobile,  light truck and van receivables  serviced by UAC
and  the   Predecessor.   There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  delinquency,
repossession,  and net loss experience on the Receivables  will be comparable to
that set forth below.


                             Delinquency Experience
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  At June 30,
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1994                            1995                            1996
                         -----------------------------   -----------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
                           Number of                       Number of                      Number of
                          Receivables       Amount        Receivables       Amount       Receivables        Amount
                         -------------  --------------   -------------   -------------   ------------   --------------
<S>                         <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>              <C>
Servicing portfolio(1).       91,937        $843,245         117,837      $1,159,349                               $
Delinquencies
  30-59 days...........          907           8,389           1,169          12,097
  60-89 days...........          213           2,118             377           4,124
  90 days or more......          137           1,324               0               0                               0
                         -------------  --------------   -------------   -------------   ------------   --------------
Total delinquencies            1,257          11,832           1,546          16,221
                         =============  ==============   =============   =============   ============   ==============
Total delinquencies
    as a percent of
    servicing portfolio      1.37%          1.40%            1.31%           1.40%            %               %
</TABLE>






                                      S-11

<PAGE>



                                              Credit Loss Experience (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                               Year Ended June 30,
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1994                          1995                           1996
                             --------------------------   ----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
                              Number of                     Number of                     Number of
                             Receivables      Amount       Receivables       Amount      Receivables       Amount
                             ------------   -----------   -------------   ------------   -----------   --------------
<S>                         <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>              <C>
Average servicing
   portfolio (2)..........       83,673      $744,149         103,682       $982,836                              $
Gross charge-offs.........        1,404        12,094           3,493         28,628
Recoveries (4)............                      6,946                         15,258
                                                -----                         ------
Net Losses................                      5,148                         13,370
                                                =====                         ======
Gross charge-offs as a
    percentage of average
    servicing portfolio (3)     1.68%          1.63%          3.37%          2.91%            %              %
Recoveries as a percentage
    of gross charge-offs..                    57.43%                         53.28%                          %
Net Losses as a
    percentage of average
    servicing portfolio (4)                    0.69%                         1.36%                           %
</TABLE>
- - - - -------------------------------

(1)  There is generally no recourse to Dealers under any of the  receivables  in
     the portfolio  serviced by UAC or the Predecessor,  except to the extent of
     representations  and  warranties  made by Dealers in  connection  with such
     receivables.

(2)  Equals the monthly  arithmetic  average,  and includes  receivables sold in
     prior securitization transactions.

(3)  Variation  in the size of the  portfolio  serviced  by UAC will  affect the
     percentages  in "Gross  Charge-Offs  as a percentage  of average  servicing
     portfolio" and "Net Losses as a percentage of average servicing portfolio".

(4)  In fiscal  1995,  the method by which  recoveries  are stated was  changed.
     Currently,  recoveries include recoveries on receivables previously charged
     off, cash recoveries and unsold  repossessed  assets carried at fair market
     value.  Under the previous  method,  reported  recoveries  excluded  unsold
     repossessed  assets carried at fair market value.  Prior period credit loss
     experience has been restated to conform to current period classifications.


         As  indicated  in  the  above  tables,  delinquency  rates  based  upon
outstanding  loan balances of accounts 30 days past due and over  increased from
1.40% at June 30, 1995 to 2.34% at March 31, 1996 for the lending portfolio. The
primary  reason for the  increase in  delinquencies  is that UAC changed the way
that it measures  and reports  delinquencies  beginning  with the quarter  ended
September  30, 1995.  If UAC had used its  historical  methods of measuring  and
reporting  delinquencies,  UAC  estimates  that the March 31,  1996  delinquency
balance would have been  approximately  1.73%. While the magnitude of the change
in the reported  delinquency  measure  appears to be  significant,  UAC does not
believe that it is  indicative  of a material  change in the  underlying  credit
quality of UAC's portfolio.  Furthermore, UAC has implemented a number of policy
and  procedural  changes which are designed to improve the credit quality of the
portfolio.

         The  primary  reason  for  the  increase  in  delinquencies  was  that,
beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 1995, UAC began to include in the
delinquency  calculations  the accounts of customers  who had filed for personal
bankruptcy,  but whose  cases have not been  resolved.  At March 31,  1996,  517
accounts which were pending  bankruptcy  resolution  were included in delinquent
accounts.  Previously,  these  accounts  were not  included  in the  delinquency
figures,  since  UAC  could  not take any  action  to  rectify  them  until  the
bankruptcy  court  resolved  each case.  UAC  believes the risk of loss on these
accounts  is low as  approximately  76.53% of bankrupt  dollars  are  eventually
collected  since the  courts  generally  either  reaffirm  these  loans or allow
repossession of the vehicle.


                                      S-12

<PAGE>



         As indicated in the tables above,  credit losses as a percentage of the
average  servicing  portfolio  increased  from  1.36%  at  June  30,  1995 to an
annualized  1.39% at March 31, 1996,  which  actually  represents a  significant
decline from 1.73%  annualized at September 30, 1995. The primary reason for the
recent  rise in credit  losses  and a  contributing  factor in the  increase  in
delinquencies is loans UAC acquired during 1994 and early 1995 which have proven
to be of lower credit  quality  than loans UAC acquired  prior to 1994 and after
the first quarter of 1995. UAC has  determined  that many of these lower quality
loans resulted from "low side overrides" which are loans made to customers whose
credit scores were below UAC's minimums,  but which were made as a result of the
credit analyst's  judgement that it the loans were acceptable.  These loans have
had  higher  rates  of   delinquency   and  loss  than  those  which  met  UAC's
requirements.  Credit analyst  discretion for making low side override loans has
been  reduced and low side  overrides  have dropped from a high of 14.32% of the
UACSC 1995-A  securitization  pool to 3.31% of the UACSC  1996-A  securitization
pool.  UAC believes the  disparity in the  performance  of the low side override
loans  resulted  from  continuing  the  existing  override  policy  despite  the
implementation  of a new scoring system in December 1993. UAC also believes that
the actual mix of loans  purchased  during 1994 may have been of somewhat  lower
average  credit  quality  as a result of  competitive  pricing  pressures  which
permitted higher quality borrowers to obtain lower cost loans from others. Loans
made during 1994 are currently in the peak period for  delinquencies  and credit
losses which UAC believes to be nine to 16 months from the date of closing.  UAC
believes this is demonstrated by the decline in delinquencies  and losses in the
quarter ending March 31, 1996 as compared to the quarters  ending  September 30,
1995 and December 31, 1995.

         UAC has taken a number of steps to improve its collection  efforts over
the last several months.  It has increased the staffing level in its collections
department  by more than 115% since June 30, 1995.  It has installed an improved
version of its collection  system in its new  headquarters  which will allow its
collectors  to be much more  productive.  For  example,  the number of  outbound
credit  collections  stations at its  headquarters has been increased from 14 to
50.  In  addition,  UAC  has  revised  its  repossession  policy  so that it now
repossesses by 120 days past due, rather than after 60 days. UAC found that when
it  switched,  in April  1995,  to  begin  repossessions  after 60 days,  losses
increased  because some cars were repossessed from people that otherwise had the
ability to make payments.  Other credit quality changes include the reduction in
low side overrides  previously  mentioned and a recent change to increase cutoff
scores in any  individual  state  where  credit  losses  were  running at a rate
greater than 2.50% over the life of the loans.

                     [To be updated for current information]


                       YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

General

         Monthly  Interest  (as  defined  herein)  on the  Receivables  will  be
distributed to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date to the extent of the
Pass-Through Rate applied to the Class A Certificate  Principal Balance or Class
B Certificate Principal Balance, as applicable, as of the preceding Distribution
Date or the Closing Date, as applicable (after giving effect to distributions of
principal  on such  preceding  Distribution  Date).  See  "The  Certificates  --
Distributions".  In the event of a full or partial  prepayment  on a Receivable,
Certificateholders  will receive  interest for the full month of such prepayment
either  through  the  distribution  of  interest  paid on other  Receivables  or
withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account.

         Although the  Receivables  will have  different  Contract  Rates,  each
Receivable's  Contract  Rate  generally  will  exceed the sum of (a) the initial
weighted  average of the Class A Pass-Through  Rate and the Class B Pass-Through
Rate and (b) the per  annum  rate  used to  calculate  the  Servicing  Fee.  The
Contract  Rate on certain  of the  Receivables,  however,  will be less than the
weighted  average of the Class A Pass-Through  Rate and the Class B Pass-Through
Rate plus the per annum  rate used to  calculate  the  Servicing  Fee.  For such
Receivables,  amounts on deposit in the Yield Supplement Account will be used to
cover resulting  shortfalls  with respect to Monthly  Interest and the Servicing
Fee. See "The Certificates -- Accounts".  The availability of amounts on deposit
in the Yield Supplement Account reduces

                                      S-13

<PAGE>



the likelihood that  disproportionate  rates of prepayments  between Receivables
with  higher and lower  Contract  Rates will  affect the ability of the Trust to
distribute Monthly Interest to Certificateholders.

         The  effective  yield to  Certificateholders  will be below  the  yield
otherwise  produced by the Pass-Through Rate because the distribution of Monthly
Principal  and  Monthly  Interest in respect of any given month will not be made
until the related  Distribution  Date, which will not be earlier than the day of
the following month.

Mandatory Repurchase

         Cash  distributions to  Certificateholders  will be made, on a pro rata
basis, on the Distribution Date on or immediately  following the last day of the
Funding  Period in the event  that funds  remain on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account  after  giving  effect to the  purchase of all  Subsequent  Receivables,
including any such purchase on such date.


                              THE DEPOSITOR AND UAC

         UAC currently  acquires loans from over 2,000  manufacturer  franchised
automobile  dealerships in 44 metropolitan areas in 23 states. UAC is an Indiana
corporation,  formed in  December  1993 by the  Predecessor  to  succeed  to the
indirect  automobile finance business of the Predecessor,  which the Predecessor
had operated since 1986. UAC began  purchasing  and  originating  Receivables in
April 1994.  For the fiscal years ended June 30, 1993,  1994,  1995 and 1996 UAC
and/or its Predecessor  acquired loans  aggregating $435 million,  $615 million,
$767 million and $____ million,  respectively,  representing annual increases of
41%, 25%, and ____% respectively.  Of the $___ billion of loans in the servicing
portfolio of UAC and its  Predecessor  (consisting  of the principal  balance of
loans held for sale and securitized loans) at June 30, 1996, approximately ____%
represented loans on used cars and approximately  ____% represented loans on new
cars.

         Additional  information  regarding  UAC and the  Depositor is set forth
under "Union Acceptance Corporation and Affiliates" in the Prospectus.


                                THE CERTIFICATES

General

         The  Certificates  will be issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.  Copies of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (without exhibits) may
be obtained by Certificateholders upon request in writing to the Servicer at the
address set forth herein under "Reports to Certificateholders". Citations to the
relevant  sections  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  appear  below in
parentheses.  The  following  summary  does not  purport to be  complete  and is
subject to and  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to the  Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement.

Distributions

         In general,  it is intended that the Trustee  distribute to the Class A
Certificateholders  and the Class B Certificateholders on each Distribution Date
the aggregate principal payments, including full and partial prepayments (except
certain  prepayments  in respect of Precomputed  Receivables as described  below
under "-- Accounts")  received on the Receivables  during the related Collection
Period,  plus a full month's  interest at the Class A  Pass-Through  Rate or the
Class B Pass-Through  Rate, as applicable,  payable  monthly at one-twelfth  the
annual  rate,  calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of twelve
30-day months.  (Section .) The Class A  Certificates  are entitled to a certain
priority, relative to the Class B Certificates, in right of distributions on the
Receivables.   See  "--   Distributions  on  the   Certificates".   Interest  to
Certificateholders  may be  provided  by a  payment  made by or on behalf of the
Obligor, by an Advance made by the Servicer to cover an Interest Shortfall, by a
withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account to cover an Interest Shortfall, and,
in respect of certain  Receivables,  by the  withdrawal of the Yield  Supplement
Amount  from the  Yield  Supplement  Account.  See "-- Sale  and  Assignment  of
Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" and "-- Accounts" herein.


                                      S-14

<PAGE>



Sale and Assignment of Receivables; Subsequent Receivables

         Certain  information  with  respect to the  conveyance  of the  Initial
Receivables from UAFC to the Depositor,  and from the Depositor to the Trust, on
the  Closing  Date  pursuant  to the  Purchase  Agreement  and the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement,  respectively,  is  set  forth  under  "The  Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreements  --  Sale  and  Assignment  of  the  Receivables"  in  the
Prospectus.  In addition, during the Funding Period, pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  UAFC will be obligated to sell to the  Depositor  and the
Depositor will be obligated to sell to the Trust,  Subsequent Receivables having
an aggregate principal balance equal to approximately $ (such amount being equal
to the initial Pre-Funded Amount) to the extent that such Subsequent Receivables
are available.

         During the Funding Period on each Subsequent  Transfer Date, subject to
the conditions described below, UAFC will sell and assign to the Depositor,  and
the Depositor will sell and assign to the Trust, without recourse, their

                                      S-15

<PAGE>



respective interests in the Subsequent  Receivables.  The Subsequent Receivables
will  be  designated  by UAFC  as of the  related  Subsequent  Cutoff  Date  and
identified in a schedule attached to a subsequent  transfer  assignment relating
to such  Subsequent  Receivables,  which will be executed and  delivered on such
date by the  Depositor  for delivery to the Trustee  pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

         Any   conveyance   of   Subsequent   Receivables   is  subject  to  the
satisfaction,  on or  before  the  related  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  of  the
following  conditions   precedent,   among  others:  (i)  each  such  Subsequent
Receivable  must satisfy the eligibility  criteria  specified in the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement  and shall not have been  selected from among such eligible
Receivables  in a  manner  that  UAFC  or the  Depositor  deems  adverse  to the
interests of the  Certificateholders;  (ii) as of the related  Subsequent Cutoff
Date,  the  Receivables  in the Trust at that  time,  including  the  Subsequent
Receivables to be conveyed by the Depositor as of such  Subsequent  Cutoff Date,
will satisfy the parameters  described under "The  Receivables  Pool" herein and
under  "The  Receivables  Pools" in the  Prospectus;  and (iii)  UAFC shall have
executed and delivered to the Depositor,  and the Depositor  shall have executed
and delivered to the Trustee,  a written  assignment  conveying such  Subsequent
Receivables to the Depositor and the Trust,  respectively  (including a schedule
identifying  such  Subsequent  Receivables).  Moreover,  any such  conveyance of
Subsequent Receivables will also be subject to the satisfaction of the following
requirements  within days after the termination of the Funding  Period:  (a) the
Depositor must deliver certain opinions of counsel to the Trustee and the Rating
Agencies  with  respect to the  validity  of the  conveyance  of the  Subsequent
Receivables  to  the  Trust;   (b)  the  Trustee  shall  have  received  written
confirmation from a firm of certified  independent  public  accountants that the
Receivables,  including  the  Subsequent  Receivables,  satisfy  the  parameters
described under "The Receivables Pool" herein and under "The Receivables  Pools"
in the Prospectus; and (c) the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Depositor
in writing that,  following the addition of the  Subsequent  Receivables  to the
Trust, the Certificates will continue to be rated by such Rating Agencies in the
same  rating  categories  in which they were  rated on the  Closing  Date.  Such
confirmation of the ratings of the Certificates may depend on factors other than
the  characteristics of the Subsequent  Receivables,  including the delinquency,
repossession  and net loss  experience on the  automobile,  light duty truck and
minivan  receivables  in the  portfolio  serviced  by  the  Servicer.  UAC  will
immediately repurchase from the Trustee, at a price equal to the Purchase Amount
thereof,  any Subsequent  Receivable  that fails to satisfy any of the foregoing
conditions subsequent.

         Subsequent Receivables may have been originated or acquired by UAC at a
later date using credit  criteria  different from those that were applied to the
Initial Receivables.  See "Risk Factors -- Conveyance of Subsequent  Receivables
to the Trust" and "The Receivables Pool" herein.

Accounts

         In  addition  to  the   Certificate   Account  (as   described  in  the
Prospectus), the Servicer will establish with the Trustee for the benefit of the
Certificateholders  [the Yield Supplement  Account,] the Cash Collateral Account
[and the Payahead Account].

         Yield  Supplement  Account.  For each  Receivable on which the Contract
Rate is less than the sum of (a) the  initial  weighted  average  of the Class A
Pass-Through  Rate  and  the  Class B  Pass-Through  Rate  and  (b)  the  annual
percentage  rate at which the Servicing  Fee is  calculated  with respect to the
Certificate  Principal  Balance for such  Receivable,  on the  Closing  Date the
Depositor will deposit into the Yield Supplement  Account an amount equal to the
aggregate of such shortfall over the term of such  Receivables (the "Total Yield
Supplement Deposit") based on the scheduled payments of the Receivables. On each
Determination   Date,  the  Servicer  shall  withdraw  an  amount  to  apply  to
distributions on the Certificates on the related  Distribution Date equal to the
scheduled  shortfall for the previous  Collection  Period (the "Yield Supplement
Amount"). The Yield Supplement Account will be maintained by the Trustee for the
benefit of the Certificateholders, but will not form part of the Trust. (Section
 .)


                                      S-16

<PAGE>



         Cash  Collateral  Account.  On the Closing  Date,  the  Depositor  will
deposit an amount equal to % of the initial  Certificate  Principal Balance into
the Cash Collateral Account.  Thereafter, the amount held in the Cash Collateral
Account  will be  increased up to the  Required  Cash  Collateral  Amount by the
deposit  thereto of payments on the Receivables not utilized to make payments to
the  Certificateholders  or the Servicer on any  Distribution  Date. While it is
intended  that the Cash  Collateral  Account  will  grow  over time to equal the
Required Cash Collateral  Amount through monthly deposits of excess  collections
on the  Receivables,  if any,  there can be no  assurance  that such growth will
actually occur.

         Under the terms of the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Trustee
will withdraw  funds from the Cash  Collateral  Account and transfer them to the
Certificate   Account  for  any   deficiency   as  described   above  under  "--
Distributions on the Certificates",  to the extent available.  Amounts available
for deficiencies on any Distribution  Date will be limited to the sum of amounts
on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account on such Distribution Date.

         In the event that the balance of the Cash Collateral Account is reduced
to zero on any  Distribution  Date,  the Trust  will  depend  solely on  current
distributions on the Receivables to make distributions of principal and interest
on the  Certificates.  In addition,  because the market value of motor  vehicles
generally  declines with age and because of difficulties that may be encountered
in enforcing  motor  vehicle  contracts as  described  in the  Prospectus  under
"Certain  Legal  Aspects of the  Receivables,"  the Servicer may not recover the
entire amount due on such  Receivables in the event of a repossession and resale
of a Financed  Vehicle  securing a  Receivable  in default.  In such event,  the
Certificateholders  may suffer a corresponding  loss. Any such losses would also
be borne  first by the Class B  Certificateholders,  up to the Class B Principal
Balance, and then by the Class A Certificateholders.

     [Payahead  Account.  On the Closing Date,  the Depositor will establish the
Payahead  Account,  into  which  payments  on  Precomputed  Receivables  will be
deposited  and held until they are  withdrawn  and  applied as  payments  on the
Certificates.  [Describe  mechanism  for  determining  the  precomputed  payment
schedule.]

Subordination of the Class B Certificates

         The rights of the Class B Certificateholders  to receive  distributions
with respect to the Receivables will be subordinated to such rights of the Class
A  Certificateholders  to the extent  described  herein.  This  subordination is
intended  to  enhance  the   likelihood  of  timely   receipt  by  the  Class  A
Certificateholders of the full amount of interest and principal distributable to
them on each  Distribution  Date,  and to afford the Class A  Certificateholders
limited protection against losses in respect of the Receivables.

         No   distribution   of   interest   will  be   made  to  the   Class  B
Certificateholders  on any  Distribution  Date until the full amount of interest
payable  on the  Class  A  Certificates  on  such  Distribution  Date  has  been
distributed to the Class A  Certificateholders  and no distribution of principal
will be made to the Class B  Certificateholders  on any Distribution  Date until
the full amount of interest on and principal of the Class A Certificates payable
on   such   Distribution   Date   has   been   distributed   to  the   Class   A
Certificateholders.  Distributions of interest on the Class B Certificates  will
not be subordinated to  distributions  of principal of the Class A Certificates.
Because the rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive distributions of
principal will be subordinated  to the rights of the Class A  Certificateholders
to receive  distributions  of interest and  principal,  the Class B Certificates
will  be  more  sensitive  than  the  Class  A  Certificates  to  losses  on the
Receivables.  If the aggregate  amount of losses on the Receivables  exceeds the
amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, Class B Certificateholders may
not recover their initial investment in the Class B Certificates.

         In the  event  of  delinquencies  or  losses  on the  Receivables,  the
protection afforded to the Class A  Certificateholders  will be effected both by
the   preferential   right  of  the  Class  A   Certificateholders   to  receive
distributions on the Receivables in the manner and to the extent described above
and by the establishment of the Cash Collateral Account.


                                      S-17

<PAGE>



Advances

         To  the  extent  that  interest  collected  on a  Receivable  during  a
Collection Period falls short of the scheduled  interest  payment,  the Servicer
will make an Advance of the resulting Interest Shortfall, but only to the extent
that the  Servicer in its sole  discretion,  expects to recoup the Advance  from
subsequent  collections  on  the  Receivable,   or  withdrawals  from  the  Cash
Collateral  Account.  The Servicer  will deposit the Advance in the  Certificate
Account on or before the  calendar  day of the month  following  the  Collection
Period.  The Servicer will recoup its Advance from subsequent  payments by or on
behalf  of  the  respective  Obligor,  from  insurance  proceeds  or,  upon  the
Servicer's  determination  that  reimbursement  from the  preceding  sources  is
unlikely,   will  recoup  its  Advance  from  any  collections   made  on  other
Receivables. (Section 14.05.)

Distributions on the Certificates

         The  Servicer  will  deposit in the  Certificate  Account the amount of
payments on all  Receivables  received with respect to the preceding  Collection
Period,  the Yield  Supplement  Amount for the related  Distribution  Date,  all
Advances for such Collection Period, and the Purchase Amount for all Receivables
that became Purchased Receivables during the preceding Collection Period, all of
which  amounts will be available for  distribution  pursuant to the terms of the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  on the  next  succeeding  Distribution  Date
("Available  Funds") and will  determine  the amount of funds  necessary to make
distributions    of   Monthly    Principal   and   Monthly   Interest   to   the
Certificateholders  and  the  Servicing  Fee  to the  Servicer.  If  there  is a
deficiency with respect to the foregoing, the Servicer will withdraw amounts, to
the extent  available,  from the Cash  Collateral  Account in the amount of such
deficiency and notify the Trustee of any remaining deficiency.

         If acceptable  to each Rating Agency  without a reduction in the rating
of any class of  Certificates,  the Servicing Fee due to the Servicer in respect
of each  Collection  Period will be distributed to the Servicer at the beginning
of such Collection Period from collections during such Collection Period.

         On each such  Distribution  Date, the Trustee will apply or cause to be
applied the Available Funds plus any amounts  withdrawn from the Cash Collateral
Account to make the following payments in the following priority:

          (a) the aggregate  amount of outstanding  Advances on all  Receivables
     (x) that became Defaulted  Receivables  during the prior Collection Period,
     and (y) that the servicer determines to be unrecoverable, to the Servicer;

          (b) the Servicing  Fee,  including any overdue  Servicing  Fee, to the
     Servicer, to the extent not previously distributed to the Servicer;

          (c) pro rata, Class A Monthly Interest,  including any overdue Class A
     Monthly Interest, to the Class A Certificateholders;

          (d) Class B Monthly  Interest,  including  any overdue Class B Monthly
     Interest, to the Class B Certificateholders;

          (e) Class A Monthly Principal, to the Class A Certificateholders;

          (f) Class B Monthly Principal, to the Class B Certificateholders;

          (g)  the  amount  of  recoveries  of  Advances  (to  the  extent  such
     recoveries have not previously been reimbursed to the Servicer  pursuant to
     clause (a) above), to the Servicer;

          (h) the  amount  of  Liquidation  Proceeds  on  Purchased  Receivables
     purchased by the Servicer, to the Servicer;


                                      S-18

<PAGE>



          (i) the  amount  of  Liquidation  Proceeds  on  Purchased  Receivables
     repurchased by the Depositor, to the Depositor; and

          (j) the balance into the Cash Collateral Account.

         After all distributions  pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above have
been made on each  Distribution  Date, the amount of funds remaining in the Cash
Collateral  Account  on such  date,  if any,  in  excess  of the  Required  Cash
Collateral  Amount,  will be  distributed  by the Trustee to UAC. Any amounts so
distributed   to  UAC  will  no  longer  be  available   for   distribution   to
Certificateholders,  and the Certificateholders will have no rights with respect
thereto.

         "Monthly  Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal the sum of the
Class A Monthly Interest and the Class B Monthly Interest.

         "Monthly Principal" for any Distribution Date will equal the sum of the
Class A Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal.

         "Class A Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal (i) for
the first Distribution  Date, the product of the following:  (one-twelfth of the
Class A  Pass-Through  Rate)  multiplied by (the number of days remaining in the
month of the Closing  Date from the Closing Date  divided by 30)  multiplied  by
(the Class A  Principal  Balance at the Closing  Date) and (ii) with  respect to
each  subsequent  Distribution  Date,  the product of one-twelfth of the Class A
Pass-Through   Rate  and  the  Class  A  Principal   Balance  on  the  preceding
Distribution  Date (after giving effect to any distribution of Monthly Principal
required to be made on such preceding Distribution Date).

         "Class A Monthly  Principal" for any  Distribution  Date will equal the
amount  necessary to reduce the Class A Principal  Balance to % of the aggregate
unpaid  principal  balances of the  Receivables on the last day of the preceding
Collection  Period;  provided,  however,  that Class A Monthly  Principal on the
final scheduled  Distribution  Date will equal the Class A Principal  Balance on
such date. For the purpose of determining Class A Monthly Principal,  the unpaid
principal balance of a Defaulted  Receivable or a Purchased Receivable is deemed
to be zero on and after  the last day of the  Collection  Period  in which  such
Receivable became a Defaulted Receivable or a Purchased Receivable.

         "Class B Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal (i) for
the first Distribution  Date, the product of the following:  (one-twelfth of the
Class B  Pass-Through  Rate)  multiplied by (the number of days remaining in the
month of the Closing  Date from the Closing Date  divided by 30)  multiplied  by
(the Class B  Principal  Balance at the Closing  Date) and (ii) with  respect to
each  subsequent  Distribution  Date,  the product of one-twelfth of the Class B
Pass-Through   Rate  and  the  Class  B  Principal   Balance  on  the  preceding
Distribution  Date (after giving effect to any distribution of Monthly Principal
required to be made on such preceding Distribution Date).

         "Class B Monthly  Principal" for any  Distribution  Date will equal the
amount necessary to reduce the Class B Principal  Balance to % of the sum of the
aggregate  unpaid  principal  balances of the Receivables on the last day of the
preceding Collection Period;  provided,  however, that Class B Monthly Principal
on the  final  scheduled  Distribution  Date will  equal  the Class B  Principal
Balance on such date. For the purpose of determining Class B Monthly  Principal,
the unpaid principal balance of a Defaulted Receivable or a Purchased Receivable
is deemed to be zero on and after the last day of the Collection Period in which
such Receivable became a Defaulted Receivable or a Purchased Receivable.

         "Defaulted   Receivable"  will  mean,  for  any  Collection  Period,  a
Receivable as to which any of the following has occurred:  (i) the Receivable is
90 days or more  delinquent as of the last day of such Collection  Period;  (ii)
the Financed Vehicle that secures the Receivable has been repossessed;  or (iii)
the Receivable has been  determined to be  uncollectible  in accordance with the
Servicer's  customary  practices on or prior to the last day of such  Collection
Period;  provided,  however,  that any  Receivable  which the  Depositor  or the
Servicer is  obligated  to  repurchase  or purchase  pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement shall be deemed not to be a Defaulted Receivable.


                                      S-19

<PAGE>



         As an  administrative  convenience,  the Servicer  will be permitted to
make the deposit of collections and aggregate  Advances and Purchase Amounts for
or with respect to the Collection Period, net of distributions to be made to the
Servicer or  Depositor  with respect to the  Collection  Period.  The  Servicer,
however,  will  account to the Trustee and to the  Certificateholders  as if all
deposits and distributions were made individually. (Section .)

         The  following  chart sets forth an example of the  application  of the
foregoing provisions to a monthly distribution:

           ...................Collection  Period.  The Servicer receives monthly
                              payments,   prepayments,  and  other  proceeds  in
                              respect of the  Receivables  and deposits  them in
                              the Certificate Account.  [The Servicer may deduct
                              Servicing Fees from such deposits.]

         .....................Record  Date.  Distributions  on the  Distribution
                              Date are made to  Certificateholders  of record at
                              the close of business on this date.

         .....................Fifth  calendar  day. On or before this date,  the
                              Servicer notifies the Trustee of the amounts to be
                              distributed on the Distribution Date.

         .....................The   Trustee   withdraws   funds  from  the  Cash
                              Collateral Account, if necessary.

         .....................Distribution  Date.  The  Trustee  distributes  to
                              Certificateholders  amounts  payable in respect of
                              the Certificates[, and pays the Servicing Fee].



                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS


         Subject to the considerations set forth under "ERISA  Considerations --
Senior  Certificates  Issued By Grantor Trusts" in the  Prospectus,  the Class A
Certificates  may be eligible  for  purchase by an employee  benefit  plan or an
individual retirement account (a "Plan") subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code").  A fiduciary of a Plan
must determine that the purchase of a Class A Certificate is consistent with its
fiduciary  duties  under  ERISA and does not  result in a  nonexempt  prohibited
transaction  as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. For
additional  information  regarding  treatment of the Class A Certificates  under
ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

         Because  the  Class B  Certificates  are  subordinated  to the  Class A
Certificates, the Class B Certificates may not be purchased by Plans.


                                  UNDERWRITING

         Under  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
underwriting  agreement  for  the  sale of the  Certificates,  dated , 199 , the
Depositor  has  agreed to sell and each of the  underwriters  named  below  (the
"Underwriters")  severally  agreed  to  purchase  the  principal  amount  of the
Certificates set forth opposite its name below:


                                      S-20

<PAGE>



                                   Principal Amount of      Principal Amount of
Underwriters                      Class A Certificates      Class B Certificates
                                  ---------------------     -------------------
              ....................                  $                      $
              ....................
                                  ---------------------     -------------------
         Total....................                  $                      $
                                  =====================     ===================


         In the underwriting agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and  conditions set forth  therein,  to purchase all the  Certificates
offered hereby if any of the Certificates are purchased.

     The Underwriters propose to offer part of the Certificates  directly to the
public at the  prices set forth on the cover  page  hereof,  and part to certain
dealers at a price that  represents  a  concession  not in excess of ___% of the
denominations of the Class A Certificates or ______% of the denominations of the
Class B Certificates.  The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow a
concession  not in  excess  of  _____%  of the  denominations  of  the  Class  A
Certificates or ____% of the denominations of the Class B Certificates.

         The Depositor and UAC have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

         The   Depositor  has  been  advised  by  the   Underwriters   that  the
Underwriters presently intend to make a market in the Certificates, as permitted
by applicable laws and regulations. The Underwriters are not obligated, however,
to  make  a  market  in the  Certificates  and  any  such  market-making  may be
discontinued  at  any  time  at  the  sole   discretion  of  the   Underwriters.
Accordingly,  no  assurance  can be given as to the  liquidity  of,  or  trading
markets for, the Certificates.


                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

     Certain legal matters relating to the Certificates  will be passed upon for
the  Depositor  by  Barnes  &  Thornburg,  Indianapolis,  Indiana,  and  for the
Underwriters  by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft.  Certain  federal  income tax
consequences  with  respect  to the  Certificates  will be  passed  upon for the
Depositor by .



                                      S-21

<PAGE>


                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
TERM                                                                       PAGE

Available Funds............................................................S-21
Certificate Principal Balance...............................................S-7
Certificateholders..........................................................S-5
Certificates................................................................S-1
Class A Principal Balance...................................................S-4
Class A Certificateholders..................................................S-4
Class A Certificates........................................................S-1
Class A Monthly Interest...................................................S-22
Class A Monthly Principal..................................................S-22
Class A Pass-Through Rate...................................................S-4
Class A Percentage..........................................................S-4
Class B Principal Balance...................................................S-4
Class B Certificateholders..................................................S-4
Class B Certificates........................................................S-1
Class B Monthly Interest...................................................S-23
Class B Monthly Principal..................................................S-23
Class B Pass-Through Rate...................................................S-4
Class B Percentage..........................................................S-4
Closing Date................................................................S-4
Code.......................................................................S-24
Cutoff Date.................................................................S-2
Defaulted Receivable.......................................................S-23
Depositor...................................................................S-4
Distribution Date...........................................................S-1
Final Scheduled Distribution Date...........................................S-1
Final Scheduled Maturity Date...............................................S-6
Funding Period..............................................................S-6
Initial Cutoff Date.........................................................S-5
Initial Receivables.........................................................S-5
Monthly Interest...........................................................S-22
Monthly Principal..........................................................S-22
Optional Purchase...........................................................S-8
Plan.......................................................................S-24
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.............................................S-1
Pre-Funded Amount...........................................................S-5
Pre-Funding Account.........................................................S-7
Purchase Agreement..........................................................S-6
Receivables.................................................................S-2
Receivables Pool...........................................................S-12
Record Date.................................................................S-4
Required Cash Collateral Amount.............................................S-7
Servicer....................................................................S-4
Subsequent Cutoff Date......................................................S-5
Subsequent Receivables......................................................S-5
Subsequent Transfer Date....................................................S-5
Total Yield Supplement Deposit.............................................S-20
Trust.......................................................................S-1
UAC.........................................................................S-4
UAFC........................................................................S-6
Underwriters...............................................................S-24
Yield Supplement Amount....................................................S-20



                                      S-22

<PAGE>

       

PROSPECTUS

================================================================================
                                UACSC Auto Trusts
                            Asset Backed Certificates

UAC Securitization Corporation
Depositor
Union Acceptance Corporation
Servicer
================================================================================

The asset backed certificates  described herein (the "Certificates") may be sold
from time to time in one or more series  (each,  a  "Series"),  in  amounts,  at
prices and on terms to be  determined at the time of sale and to be set forth in
a supplement to this  Prospectus  (a  "Prospectus  Supplement").  Each Series of
Certificates  will be issued by a trust  (each,  a  "Trust")  to be formed  with
respect to such Series and will include one or more classes of Certificates. The
property of each Trust will  include a pool of motor  vehicle  installment  sale
and/or  installment loan contracts  secured by new and used  automobiles,  light
trucks and vans (the  "Receivables"),  certain monies received  thereunder after
the applicable cutoff date,  security interests in the vehicles financed thereby
and certain other property,  as more fully  described  herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
property of a Trust will  include  monies on deposit in a trust  account,  which
will be used to purchase additional  Receivables after the related closing date.
Union  Acceptance  Corporation  will act as servicer of the Receivables for each
Trust. Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  each
class of  Certificates  of any  Series  will  represent  the right to  receive a
specified   amount  of  payments  of  principal  and  interest  on  the  related
Receivables,  at the rates, on the dates and in the manner  described herein and
in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  If so provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  a  Series  of  Certificates  may  include  one or more  classes  of
Certificates entitled to interest distributions with  disproportionate,  nominal
or no distributions in respect of principal,  or to principal distributions with
disproportionate,  nominal or no distributions  in respect of interest.  As more
fully described herein and in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  distributions
on any class of Certificates  may be senior or subordinate to  distributions  on
one or more  other  classes  of  Certificates  of the same  Series.  Prospective
investors  should consider the factors set forth under "Risk Factors" on page 10
of this Prospectus and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                   ----------
     EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, THE
       CERTIFICATES OF A SERIES WILL REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE
          RELATED TRUST ONLY, AND WILL NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR
            INTERESTS IN, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY, UAC
              SECURITIZATION CORPORATION, ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF OR
                   ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

 THESE CERTIFICATES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
               COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
                   THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                                   ----------
         Retain this Prospectus for future reference. This Prospectus may not be
used to consummate sales of Certificates of any Series unless accompanied by the
related Prospectus Supplement.

                                   ----------






   
July 17, 1996
    

<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Depositor,  as originator of the Trusts,  has filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration  Statement on Form S-3
(together  with  all  amendments  and  exhibits   thereto,   the   "Registration
Statement")  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the
Certificates  being offered hereby.  This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which have
been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For
further information,  reference is made to the Registration Statement,  which is
available for inspection  without charge at the public  reference  facilities of
the Commission at Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549, and the regional  offices of the Commission at Citicorp Center,  500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511,  and Seven World Trade
Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such information can be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.

     Upon  receipt of a request by an investor  who has  received an  electronic
Prospectus  Supplement and  Prospectus  from an Underwriter or a request by such
investor's  representative within the period during which there is an obligation
to  deliver a  Prospectus  Supplement  and  Prospectus,  the  Depositor  or such
Underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered,  without charge, to
such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     All documents filed by the Servicer or the Depositor on behalf of the Trust
referred  to in the  accompanying  Prospectus  Supplement  with  the  Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  after the date of this  Prospectus and
prior to the  termination  of the offering of the  Certificates  offered by such
Trust shall be deemed to be  incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and to
be a part  hereof  from the  dates of filing of such  documents.  Any  statement
contained  herein or in a document  incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or  superseded  for purposes of
this  Prospectus  to the extent  that a  statement  contained  herein (or in the
accompanying  Prospectus  Supplement) or in any subsequently filed document that
also  is or is  deemed  to be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  modifies  or
supersedes  such statement.  Any such statement so modified or superseded  shall
not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this
Prospectus.

     The  Servicer on behalf of any Trust will  provide  without  charge to each
person to whom a copy of this  Prospectus is  delivered,  on the written or oral
request  of  such  person,  a copy of any or all of the  documents  incorporated
herein by  reference,  except the  exhibits to such  documents.  Requests to the
Servicer for such copies  should be addressed to Union  Acceptance  Corporation,
250 North Shadeland Avenue, Indianapolis, Indiana 46219, (317) 231-7965.



                                       2
<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

         This  Summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus  and by  reference to the
information with respect to each Series of Certificates contained in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  to be prepared  and  delivered  in  connection  with the
offering of such  Certificates.  Certain  capitalized terms used in this summary
are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus on the pages indicated in the "Index of
Terms".

Issuer ................................With    respect   to    any   Series   of
                                        Certificates, a Trust formed pursuant to
                                        a pooling and servicing agreement (each,
                                        a  "Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement")
                                        among the  Depositor,  the  Servicer and
                                        the Trustee for such Trust.

Depositor .............................UAC    Securitization    Corporation,   a
                                        Delaware    corporation    having    its
                                        principal  office and place of  business
                                        in     Indianapolis,     Indiana    (the
                                        "Depositor").  The Depositor's principal
                                        executive  offices  are  located  at 250
                                        North  Shadeland  Avenue,  Indianapolis,
                                        Indiana 46219,  and its telephone number
                                        is (317) 231-6466.

Servicer ..............................Union Acceptance Corporation, an  Indiana
                                        corporation  having its principal office
                                        and place of business  in  Indianapolis,
                                        Indiana (in its capacity as servicer the
                                        "Servicer",    otherwise   "UAC").   The
                                        Servicer's principal offices are located
                                        at   250   North    Shadeland    Avenue,
                                        Indianapolis,  Indiana  46219,  and  its
                                        telephone number is (317) 231-6400.

Trustee  ..............................With respect to each Trust,  the trustee
                                        specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement (the "Trustee").

Securities Offered  ...................Each Series of asset  backed  securities
                                        issued by a Trust will consist of one or
                                        more classes of Certificates. Each class
                                        of  Certificates  of a  Series  will  be
                                        issued  pursuant to the related  Pooling
                                        and  Servicing  Agreement.  The  related
                                        Prospectus Supplement will specify which
                                        class or classes of  Certificates of the
                                        related   Series   are   being   offered
                                        thereby.

                                       Unless   otherwise   specified   in   the
                                        related  Prospectus   Supplement,   each
                                        class of Certificates will have a stated
                                        certificate    balance    (the    "Class
                                        Certificate  Balance")  and will  accrue
                                        interest   on  such  Class   Certificate
                                        Balance  at  a   specified   rate  (with
                                        respect to each  class of  Certificates,
                                        the   "Pass-Through    Rate").   If   so
                                        specified  in  the  related   Prospectus
                                        Supplement,   one  or  more  classes  of
                                        Certificates ("Strip  Certificates") may
                                        be    entitled    to    (i)     interest
                                        distributions   with   disproportionate,
                                        nominal or no principal distributions or
                                        (ii)   principal    distributions   with
                                        disproportionate, nominal or no interest
                                        distributions.  See  "Description of the
                                        Certificates   --    Distributions    of
                                        Principal and Interest".

                                       Each  class of  Certificates  may  have a
                                        different  Pass-Through Rate, which  may
                                        be  a  fixed,  variable  or   adjustable
                                        Pass-Through  Rate, or  any  combination
                                        of    the    foregoing.    The   related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement  will specify the
                                        Pass-Through   Rate,  or the method  for
                                        determining        the        applicable
                                        Pass-Through   Rate,   for each class of
                                        Certificates.



                                       3
<PAGE>

                                        A Series of Certificates may include two
                                         or more  classes of  Certificates  that
                                         differ as to timing and/or  priority of
                                         distributions,  seniority,  allocations
                                         of losses, Pass-Through Rate, amount of
                                         distributions  in respect of  principal
                                         or interest,  or any combination of the
                                         foregoing. Additionally,  distributions
                                         in respect of  principal or interest in
                                         respect  of any such  class or  classes
                                         may  or  may  not  be  made   upon  the
                                         occurrence  of  specified  events or on
                                         the   basis   of    collections    from
                                         designated   portions  of  the  related
                                         Receivables Pool.

                                        Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the
                                         related     Prospectus      Supplement,
                                         Certificates   will  be   available  in
                                         book-entry   form   only  and  will  be
                                         available   for   purchase  in  minimum
                                         denominations  of $1,000  and  integral
                                         multiples  thereof,   except  that  one
                                         Certificate of each class may be issued
                                         in such  denomination as is required to
                                         include  any  residual  amount.  Unless
                                         otherwise   specified  in  the  related
                                         Prospectus                  Supplement,
                                         Certificateholders   will  be  able  to
                                         receive Definitive Certificates only in
                                         the  limited  circumstances   described
                                         herein  or in  the  related  Prospectus
                                         Supplement.  See  "Description  of  the
                                         Certificates        --       Definitive
                                         Certificates".

                                        If so provided in the related Prospectus
                                         Supplement, the Servicer or one or more
                                         other   entities  may  be  entitled  to
                                         purchase the  Receivables of a Trust or
                                         to  cause   such   Receivables   to  be
                                         purchased  by  another  entity,  in the
                                         manner and  subject  to the  conditions
                                         described     in    such     Prospectus
                                         Supplement. If the Servicer or any such
                                         other entity  exercises any such option
                                         to purchase the Receivables or to cause
                                         the  Receivables  to be purchased,  the
                                         Certificates  will  be  prepaid  as set
                                         forth   in   the   related   Prospectus
                                         Supplement.  See  "Description  of  the
                                         Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  --
                                         Termination"  herein.  In addition,  if
                                         the   related   Prospectus   Supplement
                                         provides  that the  property of a Trust
                                         will include a Pre-Funding Account, one
                                         or more classes of Certificates  may be
                                         subject  to  a  partial  prepayment  of
                                         principal  following  the  end  of  the
                                         Funding  Period,  in the  manner and to
                                         the  extent  specified  in the  related
                                         Prospectus Supplement. See "Description
                                         of   the   Transfer    and    Servicing
                                         Agreements  -- Accounts --  Pre-Funding
                                         Account" herein.

The Trust Property    .................The property of each Trust will  include
                                         a   pool   of   simple   interest   and
                                         precomputed  interest  installment sale
                                         and installment loan contracts  secured
                                         by  new  and  used  automobiles,  light
                                         trucks  and vans  (the  "Receivables"),
                                         certain    monies   due   or   received
                                         thereunder  after the date specified in
                                         the   related   Prospectus   Supplement
                                         (each,  a  "Cutoff   Date"),   security
                                         interests  in  the  vehicles   financed
                                         thereby (the "Financed Vehicles"),  any
                                         right to  recourse  of UAC  against the
                                         dealers who


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                        sold   the   Financed    Vehicles   (the
                                        "Dealers"),   proceeds  from  claims  on
                                        certain insurance policies,  and certain
                                        rights  under  the  purchase   agreement
                                        (each,  a  "Purchase  Agreement")  among
                                        UAC, the Depositor and Union  Acceptance
                                        Funding Corporation ("UAFC") pursuant to
                                        which the  Depositor  will  purchase the
                                        related   Receivables   from  UAFC.  The
                                        property of each Trust also will include
                                        amounts on deposit in, or certain rights
                                        with  respect  to,   certain   accounts,
                                        including   the   related    Certificate
                                        Account  and  any  Pre-Funding  Account,
                                        Cash    Collateral    Account,     yield
                                        supplement  account or any other account
                                        identified in the applicable  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.   See  "Description  of  the
                                        Transfer  and   Servicing   Agreements--
                                        Accounts".


                                        The  Receivables  arise,  or will arise,
                                         from  motor  vehicle  installment  sale
                                         contracts   that  were   originated  by
                                         dealers for assignment to UAC (directly
                                         or through Union  Federal  Savings Bank
                                         of  Indianapolis  (the  "Predecessor"),
                                         UAC's  parent  corporation  before  the
                                         completion  on  August  7,  1995  of  a
                                         spin-off)   or   motor   vehicle   loan
                                         contracts   that  were   solicited   by
                                         dealers for  origination  by UAC or the
                                         Predecessor     (collectively,      the
                                         "Contracts"). In the ordinary course of
                                         its  business,  immediately  after  UAC
                                         originates  or  otherwise  acquires the
                                         Contracts,  UAC sells the  Contracts to
                                         UAFC.  Payment  of the amount due under
                                         each  Contract  is  secured  by a first
                                         perfected   security  interest  in  the
                                         related Financed Vehicle.  UAFC, UAC or
                                         the  Predecessor  is  or  will  be  the
                                         registered     lienholder     on    the
                                         certificate  of  title  of  each of the
                                         Financed Vehicles.  The Receivables for
                                         each  Receivables Pool will be selected
                                         from the Contracts  owned by UAFC based
                                         on  the   criteria   specified  in  the
                                         related Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                                         and   described   herein   under   "The
                                         Receivables  Pools" and "Description of
                                         the Transfer and Servicing Agreement --
                                         Sale and Assignment of Receivables" and
                                         in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                                         under "The Receivables Pool".

                                        On the date of  issuance  of a Series of
                                         Certificates  (each, a "Closing Date"),
                                         the Depositor  will convey  Receivables
                                         to the related  Trust in the  aggregate
                                         principal   amount   provided   in  the
                                         related  Prospectus  Supplement and, if
                                         so   provided   in   such    Prospectus
                                         Supplement,  will  deposit  the  amount
                                         specified in such Prospectus Supplement
                                         (the "Pre-Funded  Amount") into a trust
                                         account  established in the name of the
                                         Trustee   for   the   benefit   of  the
                                         Certificateholders   (the  "Pre-Funding
                                         Account").  The Pre-Funded  Amount with
                                         respect  to any Trust  will not  exceed
                                         25%  of  the  initial  aggregate  Class
                                         Certificate  Balances  for the  related
                                         Series (the "Certificate Balance").

                                        If the  property  of a Trust  includes a
                                         Pre-Funding   Account,   UAFC  will  be
                                         obligated  under the  related  Purchase
                                         Agreement     to    sell     additional
                                         Receivables       (the      "Subsequent
                                         Receivables")  to  the  Depositor  from
                                         time to time during the period provided
                                         in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                                         (the   "Funding   Period")   having  an
                                         aggregate       principal       balance
                                         approximately  equal to the  Pre-Funded
                                         Amount. The Depositor, in turn, will be
                                         obligated   under   the   Pooling   and
                                         Servicing   Agreement   to  sell   such
                                         Subsequent  Receivables  to the related
                                         Trust,  and the Trust will be obligated
                                         to purchase the Subsequent Receivables,
                                         subject to the  satisfaction of certain
                                         conditions set forth in the Pooling and
                                         Servicing   Agreement   and   described
                                         herein   under   "Description   of  the
                                         Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements  --
                                         Sale and Assignment of Receivables". As
                                         used  in  this  Prospectus,   the  term
                                         Receivables     will     include    the
                                         Receivables  transferred  to a Trust on
                                         the related Closing Date as well as any
                                         Subsequent  Receivables  transferred to
                                         such Trust  during the related  Funding
                                         Period.



                                       5
<PAGE>
                                        Amounts on  deposit  in any  Pre-Funding
                                         Account  during the Funding Period will
                                         be invested by the Trustee (as directed
                                         by   the    Servicer)    in    Eligible
                                         Investments,    and    any    resultant
                                         investment  income  (less  any  related
                                         investment  expenses) will be included,
                                         on the  Distribution  Date  immediately
                                         following   the  date  on  which   such
                                         investment income is paid to the Trust,
                                         in  the   Available   Funds   for  such
                                         Distribution  Date. Any funds remaining
                                         in a Pre-Funding  Account at the end of
                                         the  related  Funding  Period  will  be
                                         distributed  to holders of the  related
                                         Series     of     Certificates     (the
                                         "Certificateholders")  as a  prepayment
                                         of  principal of the  Certificates,  in
                                         the amounts and  priority  described in
                                         the related Prospectus  Supplement.  No
                                         Funding  Period will  continue for more
                                         than three  calendar  months  after the
                                         related Closing Date. See  "Description
                                         of   the   Transfer    and    Servicing
                                         Agreements  -- Accounts --  Pre-Funding
                                         Account".

                                        In each Purchase Agreement, UAC and UAFC
                                         will make certain  representations  and
                                         warranties  with respect to the related
                                         Receivables   and  will   undertake  to
                                         repurchase   from  the   Depositor  any
                                         Receivable  with respect to which there
                                         exists an uncured  breach of any of its
                                         representations or warranties,  if such
                                         breach materially and adversely affects
                                         the  rights  of the  Depositor,  or the
                                         Depositor's     assignee,    in    such
                                         Receivable.   In   each   Pooling   and
                                         Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will
                                         assign  to the  related  Trust  certain
                                         rights   under  the  related   Purchase
                                         Agreement, including the right to cause
                                         UAC to  repurchase  any  Receivable  in
                                         respect  of which it is in  breach of a
                                         breach or warranty that  materially and
                                         adversely  affects the  interest of the
                                         Trust in such Receivable.  None of UAC,
                                         UAFC or the  Depositor  will  have  any
                                         other  obligation  with  respect to the
                                         Receivables  or the  Certificates.  See
                                         "Description   of  the   Transfer   and
                                         Servicing   Agreements   --  Sale   and
                                         Assignment of Receivables".

Credit and Cash
Flow Enhancement     .................  If and to the  extent  specified  in the
                                         related Prospectus  Supplement,  credit
                                         enhancement  with respect to a Trust or
                                         any class or  classes  of  Certificates
                                         may  include  any  one or  more  of the
                                         following: subordination of one or more
                                         other  classes of  Certificates  of the
                                         same Series, Cash Collateral  Accounts,
                                         yield   supplement   accounts,   spread
                                         accounts,   surety   bonds,   insurance
                                         policies,  letters of credit, credit or
                                         liquidity                   facilities,
                                         over-collateralization,      guaranteed
                                         investment  contracts,  swaps  or other
                                         interest  rate  protection  agreements,
                                         repurchase      obligations,      other
                                         agreements  with respect to third-party
                                         payments   or   other   support,   cash
                                         deposits, or other arrangements. To the
                                         extent   specified   in   the   related
                                         Prospectus Supplement, a form of credit
                                         enhancement  with respect to a Trust or
                                         class or classes of Certificates may be
                                         subject  to  certain   limitations  and
                                         exclusions from coverage thereunder.
Transfer and Servicing
  Agreements   .......................Pursuant to each Purchase Agreement,  UAFC
                                        will sell the related Receivables to the
                                        Depositor  without  recourse  and, if so
                                        stated   in   the   related   Prospectus

                                       6
<PAGE>

                                        Supplement,   will   undertake  to  sell
                                        Subsequent Receivables, in the aggregate
                                        amount   specified   therein,   to   the
                                        Depositor  during  the  related  Funding
                                        Period.  The  Depositor,  in turn,  will
                                        sell  such  Receivables  to the  related
                                        Trust,   without   recourse,   and  will
                                        undertake  to sell any  such  Subsequent
                                        Receivables  to the related Trust during
                                        the related Funding Period. In addition,
                                        the Servicer  will agree in each Pooling
                                        and    Servicing    Agreement    to   be
                                        responsible  for  servicing,   managing,
                                        maintaining   custody   of  and   making
                                        collections on the related Receivables.

                                        Unless otherwise provided in the related
                                         Prospectus  Supplement,   the  Servicer
                                         will advance funds (each, an "Advance")
                                         on  the  Receivables  made  during  the
                                         preceding     calendar    month    (the
                                         "Collection  Period")  to cover 30 days
                                         of interest due on a Receivable that is
                                         more than 30 days delinquent  (each, an
                                         "Interest Shortfall"),  but only to the
                                         extent that the  Servicer,  in its sole
                                         discretion,   expects  to  be  able  to
                                         recoup  such  Advance  from  subsequent
                                         payments on the Receivable. Advances by
                                         the  Servicer  will  add to  the  funds
                                         available    for    distributions    to
                                         Certificateholders  on  a  Distribution
                                         Date, but the Servicer will be entitled
                                         to reimbursement for such Advances from
                                         subsequent  payments of the Receivables
                                         or,  to the  extent  set  forth  in the
                                         related  Prospectus  Supplement,   from
                                         insurance  proceeds or withdrawals from
                                         any Cash Collateral  Account or similar
                                         form   of   credit   enhancement.   See
                                         "Description   of  the   Transfer   and
                                         Servicing Agreements -- Advances".

                                        Unless otherwise provided in the related
                                         Prospectus  Supplement,   UAC  will  be
                                         obligated to repurchase  from the Trust
                                         any Receivable in which the interest of
                                         such Trust is materially  and adversely
                                         affected as a result of a breach of any
                                         representation  or warranty made by UAC
                                         and/or UAFC in the related Purchase


                                       7
<PAGE>

                                        Agreement if such breach is not cured in
                                        a timely manner  following the discovery
                                        by or notice to UAC. In addition, unless
                                        otherwise   provided   in  the   related
                                        Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer will
                                        be  obligated  under  each  Pooling  and
                                        Servicing   Agreement  to  purchase  any
                                        Receivable  if (i) among  other  things,
                                        the   Servicer   reduces   the  rate  of
                                        interest under the related Contract (the
                                        "Contract Rate"),  changes the amount of
                                        the  scheduled  monthly  payments or the
                                        amount  financed  or fails to maintain a
                                        perfected   security   interest  in  the
                                        related  Financed  Vehicle  and (ii) the
                                        interest  of the  Certificateholders  in
                                        such   Receivable  is   materially   and
                                        adversely  affected  by such  action  or
                                        failure to act of the  Servicer.  If the
                                        Servicer  extends  the  date  for  final
                                        payment by the  obligor  on the  related
                                        Contract (each, an "Obligor") beyond the
                                        final scheduled  maturity date specified
                                        in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement
                                        (the "Final  Scheduled  Maturity Date"),
                                        the   Servicer   will  be  obligated  to
                                        purchase  the  Receivable  on such Final
                                        Scheduled Maturity Date.

                                        Unless   otherwise   specified   in  the
                                         related  Prospectus   Supplement,   the
                                         Servicer   will   receive   a  fee  for
                                         servicing the Receivables of each Trust
                                         equal to the  Servicing  Fee Rate times
                                         the  aggregate   outstanding  principal
                                         balance of the related Receivables (the
                                         "Pool  Balance"),   plus  certain  late
                                         fees,   prepayment  charges  and  other
                                         administrative fees or similar charges.
                                         UAC   may   also   receive   investment
                                         earnings  from  certain   accounts  and
                                         other  cash  flows  with  respect  to a
                                         Trust. See "Description of the Transfer
                                         and  Servicing  Agreements -- Servicing
                                         Compensation  and Payment of  Expenses"
                                         herein.

Certain Legal Aspects
  of the Receivables;
  Repurchase Obligations  ............  In   connection   with   each   sale  of
                                         Receivables  by UAFC  to the  Depositor
                                         and  by  the   Depositor  to  a  Trust,
                                         security   interests   in  the  related
                                         Financed  Vehicles  will be assigned by
                                         UAFC  to  the   Depositor  and  by  the
                                         Depositor   to   the   Trust;   due  to
                                         administrative   burden  and   expense,
                                         however,  the  certificates of title to
                                         such  Financed  Vehicles  will  not  be
                                         amended  to  reflect   the   assignment
                                         either  to  the  Depositor  or  to  the
                                         Trust.   In  the  absence  of  such  an
                                         amendment,  the  Trust  may not  have a
                                         perfected   security  interest  in  the
                                         Financed    Vehicles    securing    the
                                         Receivables  in  some  states.   Unless
                                         otherwise   specified  in  the  related
                                         Prospectus  Supplement,   UAC  will  be
                                         obligated  to  repurchase  from a Trust
                                         any Receivable sold to such Trust as to
                                         which all action  necessary to secure a
                                         first  perfected  security  interest in
                                         the   name   of   UAFC,   UAC   or  the
                                         Predecessor  in  the  Financed  Vehicle
                                         securing such Receivable shall not have
                                         been   taken  as  of  the   date   such
                                         Receivable  is purchased by such Trust,
                                         if such breach materially and adversely
                                         affects  the  interest  of the  related
                                         Certificateholders  in such  Receivable
                                         and if such  failure  or  breach is not
                                         cured  by the  last  day of the  second
                                         month  following  the  discovery  by or
                                         notice  to UAC  of  such  breach.  If a
                                         Trust   does  not   have  a   perfected
                                         security   interest   in   a   Financed
                                         Vehicle, its ability to realize on such
                                         Financed  Vehicle  in  the  event  of a
                                         default may be adversely  affected.  To
                                         the extent  the  security  interest  is
                                         perfected,  a Trust  will  have a prior
                                         claim over subsequent purchasers of the
                                         Financed   Vehicle   and   holders   of
                                         subsequently     perfected     security
                                         interests.  However,  as against  liens
                                         for repairs of Financed Vehicles or for
                                         taxes unpaid by the related Obligor, or
                                         through  fraud or  negligence,  a Trust
                                         could lose its security interest or the
                                         priority of its security  interest in a
                                         Financed    Vehicle.    None   of   the
                                         Depositor,   UAC  or   UAFC   will   be
                                         obligated  to  repurchase  a Receivable
                                         with respect to which a Trust loses its
                                         security  interest  or the  priority of
                                         its  security  interest  in the related
                                         Financed Vehicle after the Closing Date
                                         as the  result  of any such tax lien or
                                         mechanic's   lien  or  the   fraud   or
                                         negligence of a third party.

                                      Federal and state consumer protection laws
                                        impose   requirements  on  creditors  in
                                        connection with extensions of credit and
                                        collections of retail installment loans,
                                        and   certain  of  these  laws  make  an
                                        assignee  of such a loan  liable  to the
                                        obligor thereon for any violation by the
                                        lender.  Unless  otherwise  specified in
                                        the related Prospectus  Supplement,  UAC
                                        will be required to repurchase  from the
                                        Trust  any  Receivable   that  fails  to
                                        comply  with  the  requirements  of such
                                        consumer  protection  laws on or  before
                                        the  last  day  of the  month  following
                                        discovery  by or  notice  to UAC of such
                                        failure,  if such failure materially and
                                        adversely  affects the  interests of the
                                        related   Certificateholders   in   such
                                        Receivable.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects
                                        of the Receivables".

Tax Considerations  ..................If a Prospectus Supplement  specifies that
                                        the related Trust is a grantor trust and
                                        except  as  otherwise  provided  in such
                                        Prospectus Supplement, upon the issuance


                                       8
<PAGE>

                                        of the related  Series of  Certificates,
                                        special federal tax counsel to the Trust
                                        identified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement  (the  "Federal Tax Counsel")
                                        will  deliver  an  opinion to the effect
                                        that such  Trust  will be  treated  as a
                                        grantor  trust for  federal  income  tax
                                        purposes  and  will  not be  subject  to
                                        federal income tax.

                                      If a  Prospectus   Supplement   does   not
                                        specify  that  the  related  Trust  is a
                                        grantor trust,  upon the issuance of the
                                        related Series of  Certificates  Federal
                                        Tax Counsel  will  deliver an opinion to
                                        the  effect  that such Trust will not be
                                        treated as an  association  taxable as a
                                        corporation  or  as a  "publicly  traded
                                        partnership" taxable as a corporation.

                                      See    "Certain    Federal    Income   Tax
                                        Consequences" for additional information
                                        regarding the application of federal tax
                                        laws to a Trust and the  related  Series
                                        of Certificates.

ERISA Considerations     .............Subject  to the  considerations  discussed
                                        under "ERISA  Considerations" herein and
                                        in the related Prospectus Supplement and
                                        unless otherwise  provided therein,  any
                                        Certificates     that    meet    certain
                                        Department  of  Labor  requirements  are
                                        eligible   for   purchase   by  employee
                                        benefit  plans and plans  subject to the
                                        Employee  Retirement Income Security Act
                                        of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA").  Unless
                                        otherwise   specified   in  the  related
                                        Prospectus  Supplement,   any  class  of
                                        Certificates that is subordinated to any
                                        other class of  Certificates of the same
                                        Series may not be  acquired  by any such
                                        employee  benefit plan,  plan subject to
                                        ERISA   or  an   individual   retirement
                                        account.   See  "ERISA   Considerations"
                                        herein  and  in the  related  Prospectus
                                        Supplement.

Ratings  .............................It is a  condition  to the issuance of the
                                        Certificates  to  be  offered  hereunder
                                        that  they be  rated  in one of the four
                                        highest  rating  categories  by at least
                                        one  nationally  recognized  statistical
                                        rating  organization  (each,  a  "Rating
                                        Agency").    A    rating    is   not   a
                                        recommendation to purchase, hold or sell
                                        Certificates  inasmuch  as a rating does
                                        not  comment  as  to  market   price  or
                                        suitability  for a particular  investor.
                                        Ratings of Certificates will address the
                                        likelihood  of the payment of  principal
                                        of  and  interest  on  the  Certificates
                                        pursuant to their terms. There can be no
                                        assurance  that a rating will remain for
                                        a given  period of time or that a rating
                                        will  not  be   lowered   or   withdrawn
                                        entirely  by a Rating  Agency  if in its
                                        judgment  circumstances in the future so
                                        warrant.  See "Risk Factors-- Ratings of
                                        the  Certificates"   herein.   For  more
                                        detailed   information   regarding   the
                                        ratings   assigned   to  any   class  of
                                        Certificates of a particular Series, see
                                        "Summary   of  Terms--   Rating  of  the
                                        Certificates"    and   "Risk   Factors--
                                        Ratings  of  the  Certificates"  in  the
                                        related Prospectus Supplement.


                                       9
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other  information  contained in this  Prospectus and in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement  to be prepared and  delivered in connection
with the offering of any Series of  Certificates,  prospective  investors should
carefully  consider the following risk factors before  investing in any class or
classes of Certificates of any such Series.

     Pre-Funding Accounts. If so provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
on the Closing Date the Depositor will deposit the Pre-Funded  Amount  specified
in such Prospectus Supplement into the Pre-Funding Account. In no event will the
Pre-Funded Amount exceed 25% of the initial  Certificate  Balance of the related
Series  of  Certificates.  The  Pre-Funded  Amount  will  be  used  to  purchase
Subsequent  Receivables  from the Depositor  (which,  in turn, will acquire such
Subsequent  Receivables  from UAFC) from time to time during the Funding Period.
During the Funding  Period and until such  amounts are applied by the Trustee to
purchase Subsequent  Receivables,  amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
will be  invested by the Trustee (as  instructed  by the  Servicer)  in Eligible
Investments,  and any investment income with respect thereto (net of any related
investment  expenses) will be distributed on each  Distribution  Date during the
Funding Period as part of the Available Funds for the related Collection Period.
No Funding  Period will end more than three  calendar  months  after the related
Closing Date.

     To the extent that the entire Pre-Funded Amount has not been applied to the
purchase of Subsequent Receivables by the end of the related Funding Period, any
amounts remaining in the Pre-Funded  Account will be distributed as a prepayment
of principal to  Certificateholders  following the end of the Funding Period, in
the amounts and pursuant to the priorities  set forth in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Such  prepayment  will reduce the  Certificateholder's  outstanding
principal balance and anticipated yield.

     Sales of Subsequent  Receivables.  If so provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  (i) UAFC will be obligated  pursuant to the  Purchase  Agreement to
sell Subsequent  Receivables  (subject only to the availability  thereof) to the
Depositor from time to time during the Funding Period in an aggregate  principal
amount  approximately  equal to the Pre-Funded  Amount,  (ii) the Depositor,  in
turn, will be obligated pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement to sell
such  Subsequent  Receivables to the Trust and (iii) the Trust will be obligated
to purchase such  Subsequent  Receivables,  subject only to the  satisfaction of
certain  conditions  set  forth  in the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and
described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If the  principal  amount of
eligible Subsequent  Receivables  originated or acquired by UAC during a Funding
Period is less  than the  Pre-Funded  Amount,  UAFC and the  Depositor  may have
insufficient  Subsequent  Receivables to transfer to a Trust, and holders of one
or more  classes of the  related  Series of  Certificates  may receive a full or
partial  prepayment  of principal at the end of the Funding  Period as described
above under "-- Pre-Funding Accounts".

     Any  conveyance  of  Subsequent  Receivables  to a Trust is  subject to the
satisfaction,  on or before the  related  transfer  date  (each,  a  "Subsequent
Transfer Date"), of the following conditions  precedent,  among others: (i) each
such Subsequent  Receivable must satisfy the eligibility  criteria  specified in
the related  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement;  (ii) the Subsequent  Receivables
shall have been  selected  based on the  criteria  specified  in the  applicable
Prospective  Supplement  and neither UAFC nor the Depositor  shall have selected
such  Subsequent  Receivables  in a  manner  that it  deems  is  adverse  to the
interests  of holders of the related  Certificates;  (iii) as of the  respective
Cutoff  Date for such  Subsequent  Receivables,  all of the  Receivables  in the
Trust,  including the  Subsequent  Receivables to be conveyed to the Trust as of
such date, must satisfy the parameters  described under "The Receivables  Pools"
herein and "The Receivables Pool" in the related Prospectus Supplement; (iv) any
required  deposit to any Cash Collateral  Account or other similar account shall
have been made; and (v) UAFC must execute and deliver to the Depositor,  and the
Depositor must execute and deliver to such Trust, a written assignment conveying
such Subsequent  Receivables to the Depositor or such Trust,  as applicable.  In
addition,  the conveyance of Subsequent Receivables to a Trust is subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions subsequent, among others, each of which
must be satisfied  within the  applicable  time period  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement:  (a) the  Depositor  must  deliver  certain  opinions of
counsel to the related Trustee with respect to the validity of the conveyance of
the Subsequent  Receivables to the Trust;  (b) the Trustee must receive  written


                                       10
<PAGE>

confirmation from a firm of certified independent public accountants that, as of
the end of the period specified therein, the Receivables in the Trust, including
the  Subsequent  Receivables,  satisfied  the  parameters  described  under "The
Receivables  Pools" herein and "The Receivables Pool" in the related  Prospectus
Supplement;  and (c) each of the Rating  Agencies  must notify the  Depositor in
writing that,  following the  conveyance of the  Subsequent  Receivables  to the
Trust,  each class of  Certificates  will have the same rating assigned to it by
such Rating Agency that it had on the Closing  Date.  Such  confirmation  of the
ratings of the Certificates may depend on factors other than the characteristics
of the Subsequent Receivables,  including the delinquency,  repossession and net
loss  experience  on the  automobile,  light  truck and van  receivables  in the
portfolio  serviced  by UAC.  UAC will be  required  pursuant  to each  Purchase
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement to repurchase  immediately from a
Trust  any  Subsequent  Receivable,  at a price  equal  to the  Purchase  Amount
thereof, with respect to which any of the foregoing conditions is not satisfied.

     Certain  Legal  Aspects  --  Security   Interests  in  Financed   Vehicles.
Simultaneously with each sale of Receivables, UAFC will assign to the Depositor,
and the Depositor  will assign to the related Trust,  security  interests in the
related Financed Vehicles;  due to administrative  burden and expense,  however,
the  certificates  of title to such  Financed  Vehicles  will not be  amended to
reflect the  assignment to either the Depositor or the Trust.  In the absence of
such  amendments,  a Trust may not have a  perfected  security  interest in such
Financed  Vehicles in some states.  Except as otherwise  provided in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  UAC will be  obligated to  repurchase  from the related
Trust any Receivable sold to a Trust as to which all actions necessary to secure
a first perfected  security  interest in the name of UAFC (or, in certain cases,
UAC or the  Predecessor) in the Financed  Vehicle securing such Receivable shall
not have been taken as of the date such Receivable is transferred to such Trust,
if  such  breach   materially   and  adversely   affects  the  interest  of  the
Certificateholders  in such  Receivable  and if such  failure  or  breach is not
timely cured following discovery by or notice thereof to the Depositor or UAC.

     If a Trust  does not  have a  perfected  security  interest  in a  Financed
Vehicle,  its  ability  to realize  on such  Financed  Vehicle in the event of a
default  may be  adversely  affected.  To the extent the  security  interest  is
perfected,  the Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent purchasers of such
Financed  Vehicle  and holders of  subsequently  perfected  security  interests;
however,  the Trust  could lose its  security  interest  or the  priority of its
security  interest  in a Financed  Vehicle as against  liens for repairs of such
Financed  Vehicle or for taxes unpaid by the related Obligor or through fraud or
negligence.  None of the  Depositor,  UAFC or UAC will  have any  obligation  to
repurchase a Receivable in respect of which a Trust loses its security  interest
or the priority of its security  interest in the related Financed Vehicle as the
result of any such  mechanic's or tax lien or the fraud or negligence of a third
party occurring after the date such security interest was conveyed to the Trust.
See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of  the  Receivables  --  Security  Interests  in
Vehicles".

     Certain  Legal  Aspects --  Consumer  Protection  Laws.  Federal  and state
consumer  protection  laws impose  requirements  on creditors in connection with
extensions of credit and collections of retail installment loans, and certain of
these  laws  make an  assignee  of such a loan  (such as a Trust)  liable to the
obligor thereon for any violation by the lender.  To the extent specified herein
and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  UAC will be obligated to repurchase
from  the  related  Trust  any  Receivable   that  fails  to  comply  with  such
requirements.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of  the  Receivables  --  Consumer
Protection Laws".

     Certain  Legal  Aspects  --  Insolvency  Considerations.  UAC and UAFC will
warrant  to the  Depositor  in each  Purchase  Agreement  (the  benefit of which
warranty will be assigned by the Depositor to each Trust in the related  Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement)  that  the  sale  of the  Receivables  by UAFC to the
Depositor, and by the Depositor to such Trust, respectively,  is a valid sale of
the  Receivables  to  the  Depositor  and to  such  Trust.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, if UAC, UAFC or the Depositor were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy
case and a  creditor  or  trustee-in-bankruptcy  of such  debtor or such  debtor
itself were to take the position that the sale of  Receivables  to the Depositor
or such Trust, as applicable,  should be treated as a pledge of such Receivables
to secure a borrowing of such debtor,  then delays in payments of collections of
Receivables to Certificateholders could occur or (should the court rule in favor
of any such  trustee,  creditor  or debtor)  reductions  in the  amounts of such
payments  could result.  If the transfer of  Receivables to the Depositor or any
Trust is treated as a pledge instead of a sale, a tax or government  lien on the
property of UAFC or the Depositor, as applicable, arising before the transfer of
such  Receivables to such Trust may have priority over such Trust's  interest in
such Receivables. If the transactions contemplated herein are treated as a sale,
the Receivables would not be part of UAFC's or the Depositor's bankruptcy estate
and would not be available to creditors of UAFC or the  Depositor.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Bankruptcy Matters".



                                       11
<PAGE>

     The decision of the U.S.  Court of Appeals for the Tenth  Circuit,  Octagon
Gas  Systems,  Inc. v. Rimmer (In re Meridian  Reserve,  Inc.)  (decided May 27,
1993),  contains  language to the effect that under the UCC  accounts  sold by a
debtor would remain property of the debtor's  bankruptcy estate,  whether or not
the sale of the accounts was  perfected.  Although  the  Receivables  constitute
chattel paper under the UCC, rather than accounts,  Article 9 of the UCC applies
to the sale of chattel paper as well as the sale of accounts,  and perfection of
a security  interest in both chattel paper and accounts may be  accomplished  by
the filing of a UCC-1 financing  statement.  If,  following a bankruptcy of UAC,
UAFC or the Depositor, a court were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit
reflected  in the above  case,  then the  Receivables  could be  included in the
bankruptcy  estate of UAC, UAFC or the Depositor,  as applicable,  and delays in
payments of collections on or in respect of the Receivables could occur. UAC and
UAFC will warrant to the Depositor in each Purchase Agreement, and the Depositor
will warrant to the Trust in each Pooling and Servicing Agreement, that the sale
of the related  Receivables  to the  Depositor or the related Trust is a sale of
such Receivables to the Depositor and to the Trust, respectively.

     Limited  Obligations of UAC, UAFC and the  Depositor.  None of UAC, UAFC or
the  Depositor  will be  generally  obligated to make any payments to a Trust in
respect of the related Certificates or Receivables.  However, in connection with
the  sale of the  Receivables,  UAC  and  UAFC  will  make  representations  and
warranties  regarding the  characteristics  of such  Receivables and, in certain
circumstances, UAC will be required to repurchase from the Trust any Receivables
with respect to which such  representations  and warranties  have been breached.
See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment
of  Receivables".  In addition,  UAC, as  Servicer,  may be required to purchase
Receivables  from a Trust under certain  circumstances  set forth in the Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement.  See  "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements -- Servicing Procedures".

     Subordination of Certain Classes of  Certificates.  To the extent specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions of interest and principal on
one or more classes of  Certificates  may be subordinated in priority of payment
to interest and principal due on one or more other  classes of  Certificates  of
the same Series.

     Limited  Assets of each Trust.  None of the Trusts will have,  nor will any
such Trust be permitted or expected to have, any  significant  assets or sources
of funds other than the related  Receivables  and, to the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account or Cash Collateral Account,
yield supplement account or other form of credit  enhancement.  The Certificates
of each Series will represent interests solely in the related Trust and will not
represent  obligations  of or interests in, or be insured or guaranteed by, UAC,
UAFC, the Depositor, the Trustee or any other entity.  Consequently,  holders of
the  Certificates  of any Series must rely for  repayment  upon  payments on the
related Receivables and, if and to the extent available, amounts available under
any  available  form of credit  enhancement,  all as  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

     Maturity  and  Prepayment  Considerations.   All  of  the  Receivables  are
prepayable  at any time by the related  Obligor.  As used herein with respect to
any  Receivable,  the term  prepayment  includes  prepayments  in full,  partial
prepayments  (including those related to rebates of extended  warranty  contract
costs and  insurance  premiums)  and  liquidations  due to defaults,  as well as
receipts of proceeds from physical damage,  credit life and disability insurance
policies and any lender's single  insurance  policy,  and Purchase  Amounts with
respect to certain other Receivables  repurchased by UAC as a result of a breach
of a representation or warranty or purchased by the Servicer for  administrative
reasons.  The rate of  prepayments  on the  Receivables  may be  influenced by a
variety  of  economic,  social  and other  factors,  including  the fact that an
Obligor  generally  may not sell or transfer  the  Financed  Vehicle  securing a
Receivable  without  the  consent  of  UAFC.  The  rate  of  prepayment  on  the
Receivables may also be influenced by the structure of the underlying  loans. To
the  extent  prepayments  on the  Receivables  are  more  rapid  than  expected,
Certificateholders'  anticipated  yield will be reduced.  See "Weighted  Average
Life of the Certificates". In addition, if so provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Servicer  or one or more other  entities  may be  entitled  to
purchase, or to cause another person or entity to purchase, the Receivables of a
given  Receivables  Pool under the  circumstances  described in such  Prospectus
Supplement.   See   "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements
Termination".

     In addition,  a Series of  Certificates  may include one or more classes of
interest-only or other Strip  Certificates that may be more sensitive than other
classes of  Certificates  of such  Series to the rate of payment on the  related
Receivables.  Prospective  investors  in any such class of  Certificates  should
carefully  consider the information  provided with respect to such  Certificates
under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in the related Prospectus Supplement.



                                       12
<PAGE>

     Ratings of the  Certificates.  It is a  condition  of the  issuance  of the
Certificates  to be  offered  hereunder  that  they be  rated in one of the four
highest  rating  categories by at least one  nationally  recognized  statistical
rating organization.  A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell
Certificates  inasmuch  as a  rating  does not  comment  as to  market  price or
suitability  for a particular  investor.  The ratings of the  Certificates  will
address the likelihood of the payment of principal and interest thereon pursuant
to their terms.  There can be no  assurance  that a rating will remain in effect
for any given  period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or  withdrawn
entirely by a Rating  Agency if in its judgment  circumstances  in the future so
warrant.  For more detailed  information  regarding the ratings  assigned to any
class of a particular Series of Certificates, see "Summary of Terms -- Rating of
the  Certificates"  and "Risk  Factors -- Ratings  of the  Certificates"  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

     Book-Entry   Registration.   Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  each  class  of  the  Certificates  of a  given  Series
initially will be represented by one or more certificates registered in the name
of Cede & Co.  ("Cede"),  or any other nominee of The  Depository  Trust Company
("DTC")  set  forth  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and  will  not be
registered in the names of the holders of such  Certificates  or their nominees.
Because of this,  unless and until  Definitive  Certificates for such Series are
issued, the beneficial owners of such Certificates will not be recognized by the
Trustee as  "Certificateholders"  (as such term is used herein or in the related
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement).  Hence,  until  Definitive  Certificates  are
issued,  beneficial  owners of the  Certificates  will be able to  exercise  the
rights of  Certificateholders  only indirectly through DTC and its participating
organizations.  See "Description of the Certificates -- Book-Entry Registration"
and " -- Definitive Certificates".

                                   THE TRUSTS

     Each Series of Certificates  will be issued by a separate Trust established
by  the  Depositor  pursuant  to a  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  for  the
transactions  described  herein and in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The
property  of each Trust  will  include a pool (a  "Receivables  Pool") of simple
interest or precomputed  interest retail  installment  sale or installment  loan
contracts secured by new or used  automobiles,  light trucks or vans and certain
payments  due or received  thereunder  after the  applicable  Cutoff  Date.  The
Receivables  in each  Receivables  Pool were or will be either (a) originated by
Dealers  for  assignment  to UAC  (either  directly  or  indirectly  through the
Predecessor)  or  (b)  solicited  by  Dealers  for  origination  by  UAC  or the
Predecessor.  Immediately  after the  origination  or other  acquisition  of the
Contracts  by UAC, UAC sells the  Contracts  to UAFC in the  ordinary  course of
business.  UAFC, UAC or the Predecessor will be the registered lienholder listed
on the  certificates of title of the Financed  Vehicles.  The  Receivables  will
continue to be serviced by UAC as the initial  Servicer  under each  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

     On or  prior  to  the  applicable  Closing  Date,  UAFC  will  sell  to the
Depositor,  pursuant to the Purchase  Agreement,  Receivables  in the  aggregate
principal amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Thereafter, on
such  Closing  Date,  the  Depositor  will  convey such  Receivables  and, if so
provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Pre-Funded  Amount to the
related  Trust in exchange  for the  delivery to the  Depositor of the Series of
Certificates  issued on such date by such Trust.  If the  Prospectus  Supplement
provides for the conveyance of a Pre-Funded  Amount to the related  Trust,  UAFC
will also be required  under the Purchase  Agreement,  and the Depositor will be
required  under the related  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  to convey to the
Depositor and the Trust, respectively,  Subsequent Receivables from time to time
during the Funding Period in an aggregate  principal amount  approximately equal
to such  Pre-Funded  Amount.  Any Subsequent  Receivables so conveyed to a Trust
will also be assets of such Trust.  Except as otherwise  provided in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  property  of each  Trust  will  also  include  (i)
interests  in  certain  amounts  that may from time to time be held in  separate
trust accounts  established  and maintained  pursuant to the related Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement and, if so provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,
the proceeds of such accounts;  (ii) security interests in the Financed Vehicles
and any other interest of UAC, the  Predecessor,  UAFC and the Depositor in such
Financed Vehicles;  (iii) any recourse rights of UAC or the Predecessor  against
Dealers; (iv) any rights of UAC or the Predecessor to proceeds from claims on or
refunds of premiums  with respect to certain  physical  damage,  credit life and
disability insurance policies covering the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors, as
the case may be, including any lender's single interest  insurance  policy;  (v)
any property that secures a Receivable  and that has been acquired by the Trust;
(vi) certain rights under the related Purchase Agreement;  and (vii) any and all
proceeds  of the  foregoing.  UAFC  will not  convey to the  Depositor,  and the
Depositor will not convey to a Trust,  and the related  Certificateholders  will


                                       13
<PAGE>

have no interest in, any contract with a Dealer  establishing  "dealer reserves"
or any rights to recapture dealer reserves  pursuant to such a contract.  To the
extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  a Pre-Funding Account or
a Cash Collateral  Account,  a yield  supplement  account,  surety bond, swap or
other interest rate protection, or any other form of credit enhancement may be a
part of the property of a Trust or may be held by the Trustee for the benefit of
holders of the related Certificates.

     UAC, as initial Servicer under each Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  will
continue to service the Receivables held by each Trust and will receive fees for
such  services.  See  "Description  of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements --
Servicing  Compensation  and Payment of  Expenses"  herein.  To  facilitate  the
servicing of the Receivables,  the Depositor and each Trustee will designate the
Servicer as  custodian  of the  Receivables  and the related  documents  for the
related  Trust;  due to the  administrative  burden and  expense,  however,  the
certificates  of title to the Financed  Vehicles  will not be amended to reflect
the sale and  assignment  of the security  interest in the Financed  Vehicles to
either the Depositor or the Trust. In the absence of such an amendment,  a Trust
may not have a perfected  security  interest in certain of the Financed Vehicles
in some states.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" and "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

     If the protection provided to the holders of the Certificates of any Series
(the "Certificateholders") by the subordination,  if any, of one or more classes
of  Certificates  of such  Series  and by any  Cash  Collateral  Account,  yield
supplement account or other available form of credit enhancement for such Series
is insufficient,  such Certificateholders will have to look to payments by or on
behalf  of  Obligors  on the  related  Receivables  and the  proceeds  from  the
repossession and sale of Financed Vehicles that secure defaulted Receivables for
distributions of principal of and interest on the related Certificates.  In such
event,  certain  factors,  such as the  Trust's  not having  perfected  security
interests in all of the Financed  Vehicles,  may limit the ability of a Trust to
realize on the  collateral  securing  the related  Receivables  or may limit the
amount realized to less than the amount due thereunder.  Certificateholders  may
thus be subject to delays in payment on, or may incur losses on their investment
in, such  Certificates as a result of defaults or  delinquencies by Obligors and
depreciation in the value of the related Financed Vehicles.  See "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Credit and Cash Flow  Enhancement" and
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables".

The Trustee

     The Trustee  for each Trust will be  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale of
the related  Certificates  is limited solely to the express  obligations of such
Trustee set forth in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  A Trustee may
resign at any time,  in which event the Servicer  will be obligated to appoint a
successor Trustee. The Servicer may also remove a Trustee if such Trustee ceases
to be eligible to continue as Trustee  under the related  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement or if such  Trustee  becomes  insolvent.  If the Servicer so removes a
Trustee,  the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor to such Trustee.
Any resignation or removal of a Trustee and  appointment of a successor  Trustee
will not become  effective until  acceptance of the appointment by the successor
Trustee.

                              THE RECEIVABLES POOLS

General

     The Receivables in each Receivables Pool were or will be acquired by UAC or
the  Predecessor  from Dealers or originated by UAC or the  Predecessor  through
Dealers in the ordinary course of business.  Immediately after their origination
or acquisition by UAC, the Receivables  were or will be conveyed to UAFC.  UAFC,
UAC or the Predecessor will be the registered  lienholder on the certificates of
title to each of the Financed Vehicles.

     The  Receivables  to be sold to each Trust  will be  selected  from  UAFC's
portfolio  for  inclusion  in a  Receivables  Pool  based on  several  criteria,
including that, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
each Receivable (i) is secured by a new or used vehicle, (ii) provides for level
monthly payments  (except for the last payment,  which may be different from the
level  payments) that fully amortize the amount  financed over the original term
to maturity of the  Receivable,  (iii) is a  Precomputed  Receivable or a Simple
Interest Receivable and (iv) satisfies the other criteria,  if any, set forth in
the related Prospectus  Supplement.  No selection procedures believed by UAFC or


                                       14
<PAGE>

the  Depositor  to be  adverse  to  Certificateholders  were  or will be used in
selecting the Receivables.

Underwriting Procedures

     UAC  uses the  degree  of the  applicant's  creditworthiness  as the  basic
criterion when  originating an  installment  sale contract or purchasing  such a
contract  from a Dealer.  Each credit  application  requires  that the applicant
provide current information  regarding the applicant's  employment history, bank
accounts,   debts,   credit   references,   and  other   factors  that  bear  on
creditworthiness.  UAC applies uniform  underwriting  standards when originating
loans on new and used vehicles.  UAC also typically  obtains credit reports from
major credit reporting  agencies  summarizing the applicant's credit history and
paying  habits,  including  such items as open  accounts,  delinquent  payments,
bankruptcies,  repossessions, lawsuits, and judgments. UAC's credit analysts may
verify an applicant's employment or, where appropriate,  check directly with the
applicant's  creditors.  On the basis of such information,  extensive historical
data and the experience of its senior management, UAC is in a position to assess
an  applicant's  ability to repay a loan.  Since  December  1988,  the  criteria
applied by UAC to evaluate  applicants have included credit scoring using models
developed by independent  firms experienced in developing credit scoring models.
Credit scoring evaluates an applicant's  credit profile to arrive at an estimate
of  the  associated   credit  risk.  Credit  scoring  models  are  developed  by
statistically   evaluating  common   characteristics  of  applicants  and  their
correlation with credit risk.

     While UAC adheres to no specific  loan-to-value ratios, the amount financed
by UAC under an installment  contract  generally will not exceed, in the case of
new vehicles, the manufacturer's suggested retail price of the financed vehicle,
including  sales tax,  license fees and title fees, plus the cost of service and
warranty contracts and premiums for physical damage,  credit life and disability
insurance obtained in connection with the vehicle or the financing.  In the case
of used vehicles, if the applicant meets UAC's  creditworthiness  criteria,  the
amount  financed  may exceed the  "average  black book value" (as  published  by
National Auto Research, a standard reference source for dealers in used cars) of
the financed vehicle, including sales tax, license fees and title fees, plus the
cost of service and warranty contracts and premiums for physical damage,  credit
life and  disability  insurance  obtained  in  connection  with the  vehicle  or
financing.  UAC believes that the resale value of a new vehicle  purchased by an
obligor will generally decline below the  manufacturer's  suggested retail price
and, in some cases, may decline for a period of time below the principal balance
outstanding  on the related  installment  contract.  UAC also  believes that the
resale value of a used vehicle  purchased by an obligor will generally  decline,
but believes that the percentage of such decline generally will be less than the
percentage  of decline  in the  resale  value of a new  vehicle.  UAC  regularly
reviews the quality of the  Contracts  purchased  from Dealers and  periodically
conducts quality audits to ensure  compliance with its established  policies and
procedures.

     The underwriting  procedures and standards  employed by the Predecessor are
substantially similar to those used by UAC and,  accordingly,  references to UAC
in the foregoing  discussion of UAC's underwriting  procedures apply also to any
Receivables  included in a  Receivables  Pool that was  acquired by UAC from the
Predecessor or Receivables that are otherwise originated by the Predecessor. See
also "Union Acceptance Corporation and Affiliates" herein.

Allocation of Payments

     The Receivables  will be either Simple Interest  Receivables or Precomputed
Receivables.  "Simple Interest  Receivables"  provide for equal monthly payments
that are applied,  first, to interest accrued to the date of such payment,  then
to principal due on such date, then to pay any applicable late charges, and then
to further reduce the outstanding principal balance.  Accordingly, if an Obligor
pays a fixed  monthly  installment  before its due date under a Simple  Interest
Receivable,  the portion of the  payment  allocable  to interest  for the period
since the preceding payment will be less than it would have been had the payment
been made on the contractual due date, and the portion of the payment applied to
reduce the principal balance of the Receivable will be correspondingly  greater.
Conversely,  if an  Obligor  pays a fixed  monthly  installment  under a  Simple
Interest  Receivable after its contractual due date, the portion of such payment
allocable to interest for the period since the preceding payment will be greater
than it would have been had the payment  been made when due,  and the portion of
such payment  applied to reduce the principal  balance of the Receivable will be
correspondingly  less, in which case a larger  portion of the principal  balance
may be due on the final scheduled payment date.



                                       15
<PAGE>

     "Precomputed   Receivables"   consist  of  either  (i)  monthly   actuarial
receivables  ("Actuarial  Receivables")  or (ii)  receivables  that  provide for
allocation  of  payments  according  to the "sum of periodic  balances"  method,
similar  to the  Rule  of  78's  ("Rule  of  78's  Receivables").  An  Actuarial
Receivable  provides for  amortization  of the loan over a series of fixed level
payment monthly  installments.  Each monthly installment,  including the monthly
installment  representing  the final payment of the  receivable,  consists of an
amount  of  interest  equal to 1/12 of the  annual  percentage  rate of the loan
multiplied  by the  unpaid  principal  balance  of the  loan,  and an  amount of
principal  equal  to the  remainder  of the  monthly  payment.  A Rule  of  78's
Receivable  provides for the payment by the Obligor of a specified  total amount
of payments, payable in equal monthly installments on each due date, which total
represents the principal amount financed and add-on interest for the term of the
receivable.  The rate at which  the  amount of add-on  interest  is earned  and,
correspondingly, the amount of each fixed monthly payment allocated to reduction
of  the  outstanding  principal  amount  of the  Receivable  are  calculated  in
accordance  with the sum of the periodic time balances or the "Rule of 78's". If
a Precomputed  Receivable  is prepaid in full  (voluntarily  or by  liquidation,
acceleration  or  otherwise),  under the terms of the  Contract  a  "refund"  or
"rebate"  will be made to the  Obligor  of the  portion  of the total  amount of
payments  then due and  payable  under  the  Contract  allocable  to  "unearned"
interest.  Unearned  interest is calculated  in  accordance  with the sum of the
periodic time balances method or a method  equivalent to the "Rule of 78's". The
amount of any such rebate under a Precomputed  Receivable generally will be less
than or equal to the  remaining  scheduled  payments of interest that would have
been due under a Simple Interest  Receivable for which all payments were made on
schedule and generally will be significantly less than such amount.

     Unless otherwise stated in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  all of the
Receivables that are Precomputed  Receivables will be Rule of 78's  Receivables;
however,  the Trust will  account  for all Rule of 78's  Receivables  as if such
Receivables  were Actuarial  Receivables.  Except as otherwise  indicated in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,   early  payments  on  Precomputed  Receivables
("Payaheads")  will be  deposited to the  Payahead  Account as  described  under
"Description  of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements  --  Accounts".  Amounts
received upon  prepayment in full of a Rule of 78's  Receivable in excess of the
then outstanding  principal balance of such Receivable (computed on an actuarial
basis) will not be passed  through to  Certificateholders,  except to the extent
necessary to pay interest and principal on the Certificates.

     In the event of the  liquidation of a Receivable or the  repossession  of a
Financed  Vehicle,  amounts  recovered  are  applied  first to the  expenses  of
repossession,  and then to unpaid interest and principal and any related payment
or other fee.

Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses

     Certain  information   concerning  the  experience  of  UAC  pertaining  to
delinquencies,  repossessions and net losses with respect to new and used retail
automobile,  light truck and van receivables  (including  receivables previously
sold by UAC or the  Predecessor  but which UAC continues to service) will be set
forth  in  each  Prospectus  Supplement.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the
delinquency,   repossession   and  net  loss  experience  with  respect  to  any
Receivables Pool will be comparable to prior experience or to such information.

                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE CERTIFICATES

     The weighted  average life of the Certificates of any Series generally will
be  influenced  by the rate at  which  the  principal  balances  of the  related
Receivables are paid, which payment may be in the form of scheduled amortization
or prepayments.  For this purpose,  the term prepayments includes prepayments in
full,  partial  prepayments  (including  those  related to  rebates of  extended
warranty contract costs and insurance  premiums),  liquidations due to defaults,
as well as receipts of proceeds,  if any, from physical damage,  credit life and
disability  and/or any lender's  single  interest  insurance  policies,  and the
Purchase  Amount  of  Receivables  repurchased  by  UAC  due  to a  breach  of a
representation  or warranty or  purchased  by the  Servicer  for  administrative
purposes.  All of the  Receivables are prepayable at any time without penalty to
the Obligor. The rate of prepayment of automotive receivables is influenced by a
variety  of  economic,  social  and other  factors,  including  the fact that an
Obligor  generally  may not sell or transfer  the  Financed  Vehicle  securing a
Receivable  without  the  consent  of  UAFC,  UAC  or  the  Predecessor,  as the
registered  lienholder (or the Servicer on behalf of such lienholder).  The rate
of prepayment on the  Receivables may also be influenced by the structure of the
loan.  In  addition,  under  certain  circumstances,  UAC will be  obligated  to
repurchase  Receivables from a Trust pursuant to the related Purchase  Agreement


                                       16
<PAGE>

and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement as a result of breaches of  representations
and warranties,  and the Servicer will be obligated to purchase Receivables from
a Trust pursuant to the related  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement as a result of
breaches of certain  covenants.  See  "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements  --  Sale  and  Assignment  of   Receivables"   and  "  --  Servicing
Procedures".  See also "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements --
Termination"  regarding  the  option  of the  Servicer  or any  other  entity to
purchase or cause the Receivables to be purchased from a Trust.

     A  Series  of  Certificates  may  include  one or  more  classes  of  Strip
Certificates  that are more sensitive than certain other classes of Certificates
of  the  same  Series  to the  rate  of  payment  of  the  related  Receivables.
Prospective  investors in any such Strip Certificates  should consider carefully
the  information   regarding  such   Certificates  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.

     In light of the above  considerations,  there can be no assurance as to the
amount of principal  payments to be made on the  Certificates of a Series on any
Distribution  Date since such  amount  will  depend,  in part,  on the amount of
principal  collected  on the  related  Receivables  Pool  during the  applicable
Collection  Period.  Any  reinvestment  risks  resulting from a faster or slower
incidence  of  prepayment  of   Receivables   will  be  borne  entirely  by  the
Certificateholders.  The related  Prospectus  Supplement  may set forth  certain
additional   information   with   respect  to  the   maturity   and   prepayment
considerations  applicable to the  particular  Receivables  Pool and the related
Series of Certificates or particular classes of Certificates.

                 POOL FACTORS AND OTHER CERTIFICATE INFORMATION

     The  "Certificate  Pool  Factor" for each class of  Certificates  will be a
seven-digit  decimal which the Servicer will compute prior to each  distribution
with respect to such class of Certificates and which will indicate the remaining
Certificate  Balance  of  such  class  of  Certificates,  as of  the  applicable
Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect to  distributions  to be made on such
Distribution  Date),  as a fraction of the initial  Certificate  Balance of such
class of Certificates.  Each Certificate Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the
related  Closing Date and thereafter  will decline to reflect  reductions in the
applicable  Class  Certificate  Balance.  A  Certificateholder's  portion of the
aggregate  outstanding Class  Certificate  Balance will equal the product of (a)
the original  denomination of such  Certificateholder's  Certificate and (b) the
applicable Certificate Pool Factor at the time of determination.

     Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Certificateholders  will  receive  reports  on or about each  Distribution  Date
concerning  payments  received  on the  Receivables,  the Pool  Balance and each
Certificate Pool Factor.  In addition,  Certificateholders  of record during any
calendar year will be furnished information for tax reporting purposes not later
than the latest date permitted by law. See  "Description of the  Certificates --
Statements to Certificateholders".

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     On each Closing Date, the Depositor will convey the Receivables  and, if so
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the applicable Pre-Funded Amount
to the related Trust in exchange for the related Series of Certificates.  Unless
otherwise  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Depositor  will
apply the net proceeds from the sale of the  Certificates to the purchase of the
Receivables from UAFC and, if so provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
to fund the Pre-Funding Account. UAFC will use the portion of such proceeds paid
to it to repay short-term  borrowings and/or to purchase  Contracts from UAC and
for  general  corporate  purposes,  and UAC will use such  proceeds  for general
corporate purposes.

                   UNION ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION AND AFFILIATES

         UAC is an automotive  finance company engaged primarily in the indirect
financing (the purchase of loan contracts from Dealers) of automobile  purchases
by individuals.

         UAC consummated its initial public offering of its Class A Common Stock
on August 7, 1995. In conjunction with such offering, the Predecessor effected a
spin-off of UAC. UAC is no longer a subsidiary of the Predecessor.



                                       17
<PAGE>

     UAFC  is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of UAC,  formed  in  April  1994 as a
Delaware corporation, and is organized for the limited purpose of acquiring from
UAC and holding  automobile  installment  sale and  installment  loan contracts,
reselling  such  receivables  and  conducting   activities  incidental  thereto.
Immediately  upon its acquisition of receivables,  UAC sells such receivables to
UAFC,  together with its security  interest in the related  Financed Vehicle and
other  collateral.  UAFC (or,  with respect to certain  Receivables,  UAC or the
Predecessor)  is registered as lienholder on the  certificates  of title for the
Financed Vehicles.

     The Depositor is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of UAC,  formed in October 1994
as a Delaware  corporation and is organized for the limited purpose of acquiring
automobile  installment  sale and  installment  loan contracts from UAC or UAFC,
reselling such receivables and conducting activities incidental thereto.

     The Depositor has taken steps in structuring the transactions  contemplated
hereby that are intended to ensure that the voluntary or involuntary application
for  relief by UAC or UAFC under the United  States  Bankruptcy  Code or similar
applicable state laws  ("Insolvency  Laws") will not result in the consolidation
of the assets and liabilities of the Depositor with those of UAC or UAFC.  These
steps  include the  creation  of the  Depositor  as a separate,  limited-purpose
subsidiary  pursuant  to  a  certificate  of  incorporation  containing  certain
limitations  (including  restrictions on the nature of the Depositor's business,
as described above,  and  restrictions on the Depositor's  ability to commence a
voluntary  case or  proceeding  under any  Insolvency  Law without the unanimous
affirmative vote of all its directors).  However, there can be no assurance that
the activities of the Depositor would not result in a court  concluding that the
assets and liabilities of the Depositor should be consolidated with those of UAC
or UAFC in a proceeding  under an Insolvency  Law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables -- Bankruptcy Matters".

     In  addition,  tax  and  certain  other  statutory  liabilities,   such  as
liabilities to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, if any, relating to the
underfunding  of pension plans of UAC or its affiliates can by asserted  against
the Depositor.  To the extent that any such liabilities arise after the transfer
of  Receivables to a Trust,  the Trust's  interest in the  Receivables  would be
prior to the  interest of the  claimant  with  respect to any such  liabilities.
However,  the  existence  of a claim  against  the  Depositor  could  permit the
claimant  to  subject  the  Depositor  to an  involuntary  proceeding  under the
Bankruptcy  Code or other  Insolvency  Laws.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the
Receivables -- Bankruptcy Matters".

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

General

     Each Trust will issue a Series of  Certificates  pursuant  to a Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement.  A form of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  has been
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms
a part. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to,
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the  provisions of the related
Certificates and Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Certificates  will be available for purchase in minimum  denominations of $1,000
and integral multiples in excess thereof in book-entry form only.

Distributions of Principal and Interest

     The timing and priority of distributions, seniority, allocations of losses,
Pass-Through  Rate and  amount of or method of  determining  distributions  with
respect to principal and interest on each class of Certificates of a Series will
be  described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions  on  such
Certificates  will be made on the  dates  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement (the "Distribution Date") and may be made prior to distributions with
respect to principal of such Certificates. To the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  a Series of Certificates may include one or more classes
of   Strip   Certificates   entitled   to  (i)   interest   distributions   with
disproportionate,  nominal  or no  principal  distributions  or  (ii)  principal
distributions with disproportionate,  nominal or no interest distributions. Each
class of Certificates  may have a different  Pass-Through  Rate,  which may be a
fixed,  variable  or  adjustable  Pass-Through  Rate (and  which may be zero for
certain classes of Strip Certificates) or any combination of the foregoing.  The
related Prospectus  Supplement will specify the Pass-Through Rate for each class
of  Certificates  of a Series or the method for  determining  such  Pass-Through
Rate.



                                       18
<PAGE>

     To the extent specified in any Prospectus  Supplement,  one or more classes
of  Certificates  of a given  Series may have fixed  principal  and/or  interest
distribution schedules, as set forth in such Prospectus Supplement.

     In the case of a Series of  Certificates  that includes two or more classes
of Certificates,  the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or amount of
distributions in respect of interest and principal,  and any schedule or formula
or other provisions applicable to the determination  thereof, of each such class
shall be as set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless  otherwise
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  distributions  in respect of
interest on and  principal  of any class of  Certificates  will be made on a pro
rata basis among all holders of Certificates of such class.

Book-Entry Registration

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each class
of Certificates  initially will be represented by one or more  certificates,  in
each case  registered in the name of the nominee of DTC.  Unless another nominee
is specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the nominee of DTC will be
Cede.  Accordingly,  such  nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the
Certificates of each Series,  except for  Certificates,  if any, retained by the
Depositor or UAC. Unless and until Definitive  Certificates are issued under the
limited circumstances  described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement,
no  Certificateholder  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a  physical  certificate
representing a Certificate,  all references herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement to actions by  Certificateholders  will refer to actions taken by DTC
upon instructions  from the  Participants,  and all references herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement to distributions,  notices, reports and statements
to  Certificateholders  will  refer  to  distributions,   notices,  reports  and
statements to DTC or its nominee,  as the case may be, as the registered  holder
of the Certificates,  for distribution to  Certificateholders in accordance with
DTC's  procedures with respect  thereto.  Beneficial  owners of the Certificates
("Certificate  Owners") will not be recognized  as  "Certificateholders"  by the
related Trustee,  as such term is used in each Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,
and   Security   Owners   will  be   permitted   to   exercise   the  rights  of
Certificateholders  only indirectly  through DTC and its  participating  members
("Participants").

     DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust  company  organized  under the laws of the
State of New York, a "banking  organization"  within the meaning of the New York
Banking Law, a member of the Federal  Reserve System,  a "clearing  corporation"
within the meaning of the Uniform  Commercial  Code (the "UCC") in effect in the
State of New York, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions
of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold  securities  for the
Participants  and to  facilitate  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions  between  Participants  through  electronic  book-entries,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include
securities   brokers  and  dealers,   banks,   trust   companies   and  clearing
corporations.  Indirect  access to the DTC system  also is  available  to banks,
brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship  with a Participant,  either  directly or indirectly (the "Indirect
Participants").

     Unless   otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus   Supplement,
Certificate Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire
to purchase,  sell or otherwise  transfer  ownership  of, or an interest in, the
Certificates may do so only through Participants and Indirect  Participants.  In
addition, all Certificate Owners will receive all distributions of principal and
interest  from the related  Trustee  through  Participants.  Under a  book-entry
format,  Certificate  Owners  may  experience  some  delay in their  receipt  of
payments, since such payments will be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC's nominee.
DTC will then forward such payments to the  Participants,  which thereafter will
forward them to Indirect Participants or Certificate Owners.

     Under the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the "Rules"), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among
Participants  on whose  behalf it acts with respect to the  Certificates  and to
receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  principal  of  and  interest  on  the
Certificates.  Participants  and Indirect  Participants  with which  Certificate
Owners have accounts with respect to the Certificates  similarly are required to
make book-entry transfers and to receive and transmit such payments on behalf of
their respective  Certificate Owners.  Accordingly,  although Certificate Owners
will not possess physical certificates representing the Certificates,  the Rules
provide a mechanism by which Participants and Indirect Participants will receive
payments  and  transfer  interests,   directly  or  indirectly,   on  behalf  of
Certificate Owners.



                                       19
<PAGE>

     Because  DTC can act only on  behalf  of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect  Participants and certain banks, the ability of a Certificate
Owner to pledge  Certificates  to persons or entities that do not participate in
the DTC system, or otherwise take actions with respect to such Certificates, may
be  limited  due  to  the  lack  of a  physical  certificate  representing  such
Certificates.

     DTC has advised the Depositor that it will take any action  permitted to be
taken by a Certificate  Owner under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement only at
the  direction  of one or  more  Participants  to  whose  account  with  DTC the
Certificates  are  credited.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions with respect to
other undivided interests to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of
Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.

     Except as required by law, the related  Trustee will not have any liability
for any  aspect of the  records  relating  to or  payments  made on  account  of
beneficial  ownership  interests  of  Certificates  of any Series  held by DTC's
nominee,  or for  maintaining,  supervising or reviewing any records relating to
such beneficial ownership interests.

Definitive Certificates

     Unless  otherwise  stated  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement,   the
Certificates of a given Series will be issued in fully registered,  certificated
form  ("Definitive  Certificates")  to  Certificateholders  or their  respective
nominees,  rather than to DTC or its  nominee,  only if (i) the related  Trustee
determines  that DTC is no longer  willing  or able to  discharge  properly  its
responsibilities as depository with respect to the related Certificates and such
Trustee is unable to locate a qualified  successor,  (ii) the Trustee elects, at
its option,  to terminate the  book-entry  system through DTC or (iii) after the
occurrence  of an Event of  Default  or  Servicer  Default,  Certificate  Owners
representing  at least a majority  of the  outstanding  principal  amount of the
Certificates  of such Series,  advise the related  Trustee  through DTC that the
continuation of a book-entry  system through DTC (or a successor  thereto) is no
longer in the best interests of the related Certificate Owners.

     Upon the  occurrence  of any of the  events  described  in the  immediately
preceding paragraph,  the related Trustee will be required to notify the related
Certificate  Owners,  through  Participants,  of the  availability of Definitive
Certificates.  Upon  surrender  by  DTC  of the  certificates  representing  all
Certificates  of  any  affected  class  and  the  receipt  of  instructions  for
re-registration,  the Trustee will issue Definitive  Certificates to the related
Certificate Owners. Distributions on the related Definitive Certificates will be
made thereafter by the related Trustee directly to the holders in whose name the
related  Definitive  Certificates are registered at the close of business on the
applicable  record date, in accordance  with the procedures set forth herein and
in the related Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  Distributions  will be made by
check  mailed to the  address  of such  holders as they  appear on the  register
specified in the related  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement;  however,  the final
payment on any  Certificates  (whether  Definitive  Certificates or Certificates
registered  in the name of a depository  or its nominee)  will be made only upon
presentation  and  surrender  of  such  Certificates  at the  office  or  agency
specified in the notice of final distribution to Certificateholders.

     Definitive  Certificates  will  be  transferable  and  exchangeable  at the
offices of the related Trustee (or any security registrar appointed thereby). No
service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
such Trustee may require  payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

Statements to Certificateholders

     With  respect  to  each  Series  of  Certificates,  on  or  prior  to  each
Distribution   Date,   the   Servicer   (to  the  extent   applicable   to  such
Certificateholder)  will  prepare  and  forward  to the  related  Trustee  to be
included with the distribution to each  Certificateholder  of record a statement
setting forth for the related  Collection Period the following  information (and
any other information specified in the related Prospectus Supplement):

     (i)  the amount of the distribution allocable to principal of each class of
          Certificates of such Series;

     (ii) the amount of the distribution  allocable to interest on each class of
          Certificates of such Series;

     (iii)the amount of the  Servicing  Fee paid to the Servicer with respect to
          the related Collection Period;



                                       20
<PAGE>

     (iv) the Class  Certificate  Balance and  Certificate  Pool Factor for each
          class of Certificates of such Series as of the related record date;

     (v)  the  balance  of any Cash  Collateral  Account or other form of credit
          enhancement,   after  giving  effect  to  any  additions   thereto  or
          withdrawals  therefrom  or  reductions  thereto  to  be  made  on  the
          following Distribution Date;

     (vi) with respect to any Series of  Certificates  as to which a Pre-Funding
          Account  has been  established,  for  Distribution  Dates  during  the
          Funding Period, the remaining Pre-Funded Amount; and

     (vii)for the Distribution  Date that falls on or immediately  after the end
          of the Funding  Period,  if any, the amount of the  Pre-Funded  Amount
          that has not been used to purchase Subsequent Receivables.

     Dollar  amounts  described  in  items  (i),  (ii) and  (iv)  above  will be
expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of initial Class Certificate  Balance of
such Certificates.

     In  addition,  within  the  prescribed  period  of time  for tax  reporting
purposes after the end of each calendar year during the term of each Trust,  the
related Trustee or Indenture  Trustee,  as applicable,  will mail to each person
who at  any  time  during  such  calendar  year  shall  have  been a  registered
Certificateholder a statement containing certain information for the purposes of
such Certificateholder's preparation of federal income tax returns. See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences".

List of Certificateholders

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Trustee,  within 15 days after receipt of written request of the Servicer,  will
provide the  Servicer  with a list of the names and  addresses of all holders of
record as of the most recent record date of the related Series of  Certificates.
In addition,  three or more holders of the  Certificates of any Series or one or
more holders of such Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the applicable
Certificate  Balance  may,  by written  request to the related  Trustee,  obtain
access to the list of all Certificateholders  maintained by such Trustee for the
purpose of  communicating  with other  Certificateholders  with respect to their
rights  under  the  related  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  or  under  such
Certificates.

              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

         The  following   summary  describes  certain  terms  of  each  Purchase
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement  (collectively,  the "Transfer and
Servicing Agreements") pursuant to which the Depositor will purchase Receivables
from  UAFC,  a Trust  will  purchase  Receivables  from the  Depositor,  and the
Servicer will agree to service such Receivables. Forms of the Purchase Agreement
and  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  have  been  filed  as  exhibits  to the
Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  The  following
summary  does not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is qualified in
its  entirety  by  reference  to, the  provisions  of the related  Transfer  and
Servicing Agreements.

Sale and Assignment of Receivables

         On the  related  Closing  Date,  (i) UAFC will  sell and  assign to the
Depositor  pursuant to the related Purchase  Agreement,  without  recourse,  its
entire right in the related Receivables, including its security interests in the
related  Financed  Vehicles and (ii) the  Depositor  will sell and assign to the
related Trust pursuant to the related Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  without
recourse,  (a) its entire  right in such  Receivables,  including  the  security
interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles,  and (b) if so  provided  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, the applicable Pre-Funded Amount. Each Receivable will be
identified  in a  schedule  appearing  as an  exhibit  to the  related  Purchase
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  The Trustee will,  concurrently
with such  sale and  assignment  of the  Receivables  and,  if  applicable,  the
Pre-Funded Amount, to the related Trust,  execute,  authenticate and deliver the
related Series of Certificates to the Depositor in exchange for such Receivables
and such  Pre-Funded  Amount,  if any. The related  Prospectus  Supplement  will
specify whether the property of a Trust will include the Pre-Funded  Amount and,
if so, the terms,  conditions and manner under which Subsequent Receivables will
be sold and assigned by the Depositor to the related Trust.




                                       21
<PAGE>

     In each Purchase Agreement,  UAFC and UAC will represent and warrant to the
Depositor, among other things, that (i) the information provided with respect to
the related Receivables is correct in all material respects; (ii) the Obligor on
each such  Receivable  has  obtained or agreed to obtain and  maintain  physical
damage  insurance  covering the Financed Vehicle in accordance with UAC's normal
requirements; (iii) at the Closing Date, with respect to Receivables conveyed to
a Trust on the Closing Date, and on the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date with
respect to any Subsequent Receivables, the Receivables are free and clear of all
security interests, liens, charges and encumbrances,  other than the lien of the
Depositor, and no offsets, defenses or counterclaims against the Depositor, UAFC
or UAC have been asserted or threatened with respect to the related Receivables;
(iv) at the Closing Date or Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable, each of the
related  Receivables is secured by a first  perfected  security  interest in the
related  Financed  Vehicle in favor of UAFC (or UAC or the  Predecessor)  or all
necessary action has been taken by UAC or the Predecessor to secure such a first
perfected security  interest;  and (v) each of the related  Receivables,  at the
time it was originated, complied and, at the Closing Date or Subsequent Transfer
Date, as applicable,  complies, in all material respects with applicable federal
and  state  laws,  including,  without  limitation,  consumer  credit,  truth in
lending, equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws. As of the last day of any
Collection Period following the discovery by or notice to UAC of a breach of any
such  representation  or warranty  that  materially  and  adversely  affects the
interests of the  Depositor  or its assignee in a Receivable  (or as of the last
day of the preceding  Collection  Period, if UAC so elects),  UAC, unless it has
cured such breach, will repurchase the Receivable at a price equal to the unpaid
principal  balance  owed by the  Obligor  thereon  plus,  if the  nonpayment  of
interest  on such  Receivable  would  require a  withdrawal  from or on any Cash
Collateral  Account or other form of credit  enhancement in connection  with the
purchase  of such  Receivable  on such  date,  accrued  interest  thereon at the
applicable  Contract Rate to the date of purchase (the "Purchase  Amount"),  and
such Receivable will be considered a "Purchased  Receivable" as of such date. In
each Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  the Depositor will assign certain rights
under the related Purchase  Agreement to the related Trust,  including the right
to cause UAC to repurchase  Receivables with respect to which it is in breach of
any such representation and warranty.  The repurchase obligation of UAC pursuant
to each Purchase  Agreement and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will constitute
the sole remedy available to the related  Certificateholders  or Trustee for any
uncured breach of a representation or warranty.

     If the related Prospectus  Supplement provides that the property of a Trust
will include a Pre-Funding Account, UAFC will be obligated to sell and assign to
the Depositor pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement, and the Depositor will
be  obligated  to sell and assign to the related  Trust  pursuant to the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Subsequent Receivables from time to time during
the Funding Period in an aggregate  outstanding  principal amount  approximately
equal to the Pre-Funded  Amount. The related Trust will be obligated pursuant to
the related  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement to purchase  all such  Subsequent
Receivables  from the Depositor  subject to the  satisfaction,  on or before the
related Subsequent Transfer Date, of the following conditions  precedent,  among
others:  (i) each such  Subsequent  Receivable  shall  satisfy  the  eligibility
criteria specified in the related Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and shall not
have been selected from among the eligible  Receivables in a manner that UAFC or
the Depositor  deems  adverse to the  interests the related  Certificateholders;
(ii) as of the applicable  Cutoff Date for such Subsequent  Receivables,  all of
the Receivables in the related Trust, including the Subsequent Receivables to be
conveyed to the Trust as of such date,  must  satisfy the  parameters  described
under "The Receivables  Pools" herein and "The Receivables  Pool" in the related
Prospectus Supplement; (iii) any required deposit to any Cash Collateral Account
or other  similar  account  must have been made;  and (iv) UAFC must execute and
deliver to the  Depositor,  and the  Depositor  must execute and deliver to such
Trust,  a  written  assignment  conveying  such  Subsequent  Receivables  to the
Depositor and the related Trust,  respectively.  In addition,  the conveyance of
Subsequent  Receivables  to a  Trust  is  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of the
following conditions  subsequent,  among others, each of which must be satisfied
within the applicable within the time period specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement:  (a) the Depositor must deliver  certain  opinions of counsel to the
related  Trustee  with  respect  to the  validity  of  the  conveyance  of  such
Subsequent  Receivables  to the Trust;  (b) the  Trustee  must  receive  written
confirmation from a firm of certified independent public accountants that, as of


                                       22
<PAGE>

the  end of  the  period  specified  therein,  the  Receivables  in the  related
Receivables  Pool,  including  all such  Subsequent  Receivables,  satisfied the
parameters  described under "The Receivables  Pools" herein and "The Receivables
Pool" in the related Prospectus Supplement;  and (c) each of the Rating Agencies
must have notified the Depositor in writing  that,  following the  conveyance of
the  Subsequent  Receivables  to the Trust,  each class of  Certificates  of the
related  Series will have the same rating  assigned to it by such Rating  Agency
that it had on the related  Closing  Date. If any such  conditions  precedent or
conditions  subsequent  are not met with respect to any  Subsequent  Receivables
within the time period specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  UAC will
be  required  under the related  Purchase  Agreement  and Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement to repurchase such Subsequent Receivables from the related Trust, at a
purchase price equal to the related Purchase Amounts therefor.

Accounts

         Certificate  Account.  With respect to each Trust,  the  Servicer  will
establish and maintain  with the related  Trustee one or more  accounts,  in the
name of the Trustee on behalf of the related Certificateholders,  into which all
payments made on or in respect of the related  Receivables will be deposited and
from which all  distributions  with respect to the related  Certificates will be
made (the  "Certificate  Account").  The  amounts on deposit in the  Certificate
Account will be invested by the Trustee in Eligible Investments.

         Payahead Account. If so provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,
the Servicer will establish an additional account (the "Payahead  Account"),  in
the name of the Trustee and for the benefit of Obligors on the Receivables, into
which,  to the  extent  required  by the  Agreement,  Payaheads  on  Precomputed
Receivables  will be deposited until such time as the payment becomes due. Until
such  time  as  payments  are  transferred  from  the  Payahead  Account  to the
Certificate  Account,  they will not constitute  collected interest or collected
principal and will not be available for distribution to Certificateholders.  The
Payahead Account will initially be maintained with the Trustee.  Interest earned
on the balance in the Payahead Account will be remitted to the Servicer monthly.
Collections on a Precomputed Receivable made during a Collection Period shall be
applied first to any overdue scheduled  payment on such Receivable,  then to the
scheduled  payment on such  Receivable  due in such  Collection  Period.  If any
collections  remaining after the scheduled  payment is made are  insufficient to
prepay  the  Precomputed  Receivable  in full,  then  generally  such  remaining
collections  shall be transferred to and kept in the Payahead Account until such
later  Collection  Period  as  the  collections  may  be  retransferred  to  the
Certificate Account and applied either to a later scheduled payment or to prepay
such Receivable in full.

         Pre-Funding   Account.   If  so  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Servicer will establish and maintain an account, in the name of
the related Trustee on behalf of the related Certificateholders,  into which the
Depositor  will deposit the Pre-Funded  Amount on the related  Closing Date (the
"Pre-Funding Account"). In no event will the Pre-Funded Amount exceed 25% of the
aggregate  Certificate  Balance  of the  related  Series  of  Certificates.  The
Pre-Funded  Amount  will be used by the related  Trustee to purchase  Subsequent
Receivables from the Depositor from time to time during the Funding Period.  The
amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account during the Funding Period will be
invested by the Trustee in Eligible Investments.  Any investment income received
on the Eligible Investments during a Collection Period (such amounts, net of any
related  investment  expenses,  "Investment  Income")  will be  included  in the
interest  distribution  amount on the following  Distribution  Date. The Funding
Period,  if any, for a Trust will begin on the related Closing Date and will end
on the date specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  which in no event
will be later  than the date that is three  calendar  months  after the  related
Closing Date. Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the
Funding  Period will be distributed  to the related  Certificateholders,  in the
manner  and  priority  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  as a
prepayment of principal of the related Certificates.

         Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including
any Cash Collateral  Account or yield supplement  account,  will be described in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

     For  each  Series  of  Certificates,  funds  in  the  Certificate  Account,
Pre-Funding  Account  and any other  account  identified  as such in the related
Prospectus Supplement  (collectively,  the "Trust Accounts") will be invested as
provided in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement in Eligible  Investments
and any related Investment Income will be distributed as described herein and in
the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  "Eligible  Investments"  generally will be
limited to  investments  acceptable to the Rating  Agencies as being  consistent
with  the  rating  of the  related  Certificates.  Except  as  may be  otherwise
indicated in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  Eligible  Investments will
include (i) direct  obligations  of, and  obligations  guaranteed by, the United
States  of  America,   the  Federal  National  Mortgage   Association,   or  any
instrumentality  of the United States of America;  (ii) demand and time deposits
in or  similar  obligations  of any  depository  institution  or  trust  company
(including the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee,  acting in their  respective


                                       23
<PAGE>

commercial  capacities)  rated P-1 by Moody's  or A-1+ by  Standard & Poor's (an
"Approved  Rating") or any other  deposit  which is fully insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation;  (iii) repurchase obligations with respect to any
security  issued or  guaranteed  by an  instrumentality  of the United States of
America  entered into with a depository  institution  or trust company having an
Approved  Rating (acting as principal);  (iv)  short-term  corporate  securities
bearing  interest or sold at a discount issued by any  corporation  incorporated
under the laws of the United  States of America  or any  State,  the  short-term
unsecured  obligations of which have an Approved Rating,  or higher, at the time
of such  investment;  (v) commercial paper having an Approved Rating at the time
of  such  investment;  (vi)  a  guaranteed  investment  contract  issued  by any
insurance company or other corporation acceptable to the Rating Agencies;  (vii)
interests  in any money market fund having a rating of Aaa by Moody's or AAAm by
Standard  & Poor's;  and  (viii)  any other  investment  approved  in advance in
writing by the Rating Agencies.

     Except  as  described  herein  or in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
Eligible Investments will be limited to obligations or securities that mature on
or before the date of the next scheduled  distribution to  Certificateholders of
such Series;  provided,  however, that, unless the related Prospectus Supplement
requires  otherwise,  each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will generally permit
the investment of funds in any Cash Collateral Account or similar type of credit
enhancement  account  to  be  invested  in  Eligible   Investments  without  the
limitation that such Eligible Investments mature not later than the business day
prior to the next  succeeding  Distribution  Date if (i) the Servicer  obtains a
liquidity  facility or similar  arrangement with respect to such Cash Collateral
Account or other  account and (ii) each rating agency that  initially  rated the
related  Certificates  confirms in writing that the ratings of such Certificates
will not be lowered or withdrawn as a result of  eliminating  or modifying  such
limitation.

     The Accounts  will be maintained as Eligible  Deposit  Accounts.  "Eligible
Deposit  Account"  means  either  (a) a  segregated  account  with  an  Eligible
Institution  or  (b)  a  segregated  trust  account  with  the  corporate  trust
department of a depository  institution  organized  under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District of Columbia
(or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank),  having  corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds  deposited  in such  account,  so long as any of the
securities of such depository  institution have a credit rating from each Rating
Agency in one of its generic rating categories that signifies  investment grade.
"Eligible  Institution"  means, with respect to a Trust, (a) the corporate trust
department  of the related  Trustee or (b) a  depository  institution  organized
under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states  thereof
or the District of Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank) (i) that
has either (A) a long-term  unsecured  debt rating of at least Baa3 from Moody's
Investor's Service,  Inc. or (B) a long-term unsecured debt rating, a short-term
unsecured  debt rating or a  certificate  of deposit  rating  acceptable  to the
Rating Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

Servicing Procedures

     The Servicer will make reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due with
respect to the  Receivables  and will,  consistent  with the related Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  follow  such  collection  procedures  as it follows  with
respect to comparable automotive  installment contracts that it owns or services
for  others.  The  Servicer  will  continue  to follow  such  normal  collection
practices and procedures as it deems  necessary or advisable to realize upon any
Receivables with respect to which the Servicer  determines that eventual payment
in full is unlikely.  The Servicer may sell the Financed  Vehicle  securing such
Receivables  at a public or private sale, or take any other action  permitted by
applicable law.

     Consistent with its normal procedures, the Servicer may, in its discretion,
arrange  with the  Obligor  on a  Receivable  to extend or  modify  the  payment
schedule;  if, however,  the extension of a payment schedule causes a Receivable
to remain outstanding on the final scheduled Distribution Date with respect to a
Series of  Certificates  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  (the
"Final Scheduled Distribution Date"), the Servicer will purchase such Receivable
as of the last day of the  Collection  Period  preceding  such  Final  Scheduled
Distribution Date. The Servicer's  purchase  obligation will constitute the sole
remedy  available  to the  related  Certificateholders  or Trustee  for any such
modification of a Contract.



                                       24
<PAGE>

Collections

     With respect to each Trust,  the Servicer  will deposit all payments  (from
whatever source) on and all proceeds of the related Receivables collected during
a  Collection  Period  into the related  Certificate  Account not later than two
business days after receipt thereof.  However,  at any time that and for so long
as (i) UAC is the Servicer,  (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing with respect to the Servicer and (iii) each other condition to making
deposits less  frequently  than daily as may be specified by the Rating Agencies
or set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement is  satisfied,  the Servicer
will not be required to deposit such amounts into the Certificate  Account until
on or  before  the  applicable  Distribution  Date.  Pending  deposit  into  the
Certificate Account, collections may be invested by the Servicer at its own risk
and for its own benefit and will not be  segregated  from its own funds.  If the
Servicer were unable to remit such funds, Certificateholders might incur a loss.
To the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Servicer may,
in order to satisfy the requirements  described above, obtain a letter of credit
or  other  security  for the  benefit  of the  related  Trust to  secure  timely
remittances  of  collections  on the  related  Receivables  and  payment  of the
aggregate  Purchase  Amounts  with  respect  to  Receivables  purchased  by  the
Servicer.

     Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  applicable   Prospectus   Supplement,
Payaheads on Precomputed  Receivables  will be transferred  from the Certificate
Acount and deposited into the Payahead  Account for  subsequent  transfer to the
Certificate Account, as described above under "-- Accounts"

Advances

         Unless otherwise  provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  if a
Receivable  is delinquent  more than 30 days at the end of a Collection  Period,
the  Servicer  will make an Advance in the amount of 30 days of interest  due on
such  Receivable,  but  only  to the  extent  that  the  Servicer,  in its  sole
discretion,  expects to recoup the Advance from  subsequent  collections  on the
Receivable or from withdrawals from any Cash Collateral Account or other form of
credit  enhancement.  The  Servicer  will  deposit  Advances in the  Certificate
Account on or prior to the date  specified  therefor in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  If the Servicer  determines that  reimbursement  of an Advance from
subsequent  payments on or with respect to the related  Receivable  is unlikely,
the Servicer may recoup such Advance from insurance  proceeds,  collections made
on other  Receivables from any other source specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         Unless otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Servicer  will be  entitled  to  receive a fee with  respect  to each Trust (the
"Servicing  Fee"),  equal to one percent  (1.00%) per annum (the  "Servicing Fee
Rate"), payable monthly at one-twelfth the annual rate, of the related aggregate
Certificate  Balance as of the preceding  Distribution Date (after giving effect
to  distributions  to be made  on  such  preceding  Distribution  Date).  Unless
otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Servicer also will
collect and retain any late fees, prepayment charges,  other administrative fees
or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables and
will be entitled to reimbursement from each Trust for certain liabilities.

         The  Servicing  Fee will  compensate  the Servicer for  performing  the
functions of a third-party  servicer of automotive  receivables  as an agent for
the  related  Trust,  including  collecting  and posting  all  payments,  making
Advances, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables,  investigating
delinquencies,   sending  payment  coupons  to  Obligors,   and  overseeing  the
collateral in cases of Obligor  default.  The Servicing Fee will also compensate
the  Servicer  for  administering  the  related   Receivables  Pool,   including
accounting for collections and furnishing  monthly and annual  statements to the
related Trustee with respect to distributions, and generating federal income tax
information for such Trust and for the related Certificateholders. The Servicing
Fee also will reimburse the Servicer for certain taxes, accounting fees, outside
auditor fees, data processing costs, and other costs incurred in connection with
administering the applicable Receivables Pool.



                                       25
<PAGE>

Distributions

         With  respect  to  each  Series  of  Certificates,   beginning  on  the
Distribution Date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  distributions
of principal and interest (or, where  applicable,  of interest only or principal
only) on each class of Certificates entitled thereto will be made by the related
Trustee to the related Certificateholders.  The timing, calculation, allocation,
order,  source and priorities of, and requirements for, all distributions to the
holders  of  each  class  of  Certificates  will  be set  forth  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

     With respect to each Trust,  collections  on or with respect to the related
Receivables  will  be  deposited  into  the  related   Certificate  Account  for
distribution to the related  Certificateholders on each Distribution Date to the
extent and in the priority provided in the related Prospectus Supplement. Credit
enhancement,  such as a Cash Collateral  Account or yield supplement  account or
other arrangement,  may be available to cover shortfalls in the amount available
for distribution on such date to the extent specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  As more fully described in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  and
unless otherwise  specified therein,  distributions in respect of principal of a
class of  Certificates  of a Series  will be  subordinate  to  distributions  in
respect of interest on such class,  and  distributions in respect of one or more
classes of Certificates of a Series may be subordinate to payments in respect of
other classes of Certificates. Distributions of principal on the Certificates of
a Series may be based on the amount of principal collected or due, or the amount
of realized losses incurred, in a Collection Period.

Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement

     The amounts and types of any credit and cash flow enhancement  arrangements
and  the  provider  thereof,  if  applicable,  with  respect  to each  class  of
Certificates of a Series will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit or cash flow
enhancement  may be in the  form  of  subordination  of one or more  classes  of
Certificates,  Cash Collateral  Accounts,  reserve  accounts,  yield  supplement
accounts, spread accounts,  letters of credit, surety bonds, insurance policies,
over-collateralization,  credit or liquidity  facilities,  guaranteed investment
contracts,  swaps or  other  interest  rate  protection  agreements,  repurchase
obligations,  other  agreements  with respect to  third-party  payments or other
support,  cash deposits,  or such other  arrangements as may be described in the
related Prospectus Supplement, or any combination of the foregoing. If specified
in the applicable Prospectus  Supplement,  credit or cash flow enhancement for a
class of Certificates may cover one or more other classes of Certificates of the
same Series,  and credit  enhancement for a Series of Certificates may cover one
or more other Series of Certificates.

     The  existence  of a Cash  Collateral  Account  or  other  form  of  credit
enhancement  for the benefit of any class or Series of  Certificates is intended
to enhance the likelihood of receipt by the  Certificateholders of such class or
Series of the full amount of principal  and interest due thereon and to decrease
the likelihood  that such  Certificateholders  will  experience  losses.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the credit enhancement
for a class or Series of Certificates  will not provide  protection  against all
risks of loss and will not  guarantee  repayment of all  principal  and interest
thereon.  If losses  occur  which  exceed  the  amount  covered  by such  credit
enhancement   or   which   are  not   covered   by  such   credit   enhancement,
Certificateholders  will bear their allocable share of such losses, as described
in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  In  addition,  if a  form  of  credit
enhancement covers more than one Series of Certificates,  Certificateholders  of
any such Series will be subject to the risk that such credit  enhancement may be
exhausted by the claims of Certificateholders of other Series.

     Cash  Collateral   Account.  If  so  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  pursuant  to  the  related  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  the
Depositor will establish an account (a "Cash  Collateral  Account") for a Series
or class or classes of  Certificates,  which will be maintained with the related
Trustee. Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  a Cash
Collateral  Account will be funded by an initial deposit by the Depositor on the
Closing Date in the amount set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement and,
if the  related  Series  has a  Funding  Period,  may  also  be  funded  on each
Subsequent  Transfer  Date to the extent  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  As further  described  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral  Account may be increased or reinstated
on each  Distribution  Date, to the extent  described in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  by the deposit  thereto of the amount of collections on the related
Receivables  remaining on such  Distribution Date after the payment of all other
required  payments  and  distributions  on such  date.  The  related  Prospectus
Supplement will describe the  circumstances  under which and the manner in which


                                       26
<PAGE>

distributions  may be made out of any such Cash  Collateral  Account,  either to
holders of the Certificates  covered thereby or to the Depositor or to any other
entity.

Evidence as to Compliance

     Each  Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement  will  provide  that  a  firm  of
independent  public  accountants  will furnish annually to the related Trustee a
statement as to  compliance by the Servicer  during the preceding  twelve months
with certain standards relating to the servicing of the Receivables.


     Each Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will also provide for delivery to the
related Trustee each year of a certificate  signed by an officer of the Servicer
stating  that the  Servicer  has  fulfilled  its  obligations  under the related
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  throughout the preceding  twelve months or, if
there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such  obligation,  describing
each such  default.  The  Servicer has agreed or will agree to give each Trustee
notice of certain  Servicer  Defaults  under the related  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.

     Copies of the  foregoing  statements  and  certificates  may be obtained by
Certificateholders  by a request in writing  addressed to the related Trustee at
the Corporate Trust Office for such Trustee specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

     Each Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  will provide that UAC may not resign
from  its   obligations   and  duties  as  Servicer   thereunder,   except  upon
determination  that UAC's  performance  of such duties is no longer  permissible
under  applicable  law.  No such  resignation  will become  effective  until the
related Trustee or a successor servicer has assumed UAC's servicing  obligations
and duties under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     Each Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will further provide that neither the
Servicer nor any of its directors,  officers, employees and agents will be under
any liability to the related Trust or  Certificateholders  for taking any action
or for  refraining  from taking any action  pursuant to the related  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or for errors in judgment;  provided,  however, that neither
the Servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any  liability  that
would  otherwise  be  imposed  by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
negligence in the performance of the Servicer's  duties or by reason of reckless
disregard of its obligations and duties  thereunder.  In addition,  each Pooling
and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer is under no obligation to
appear in,  prosecute or defend any legal action that is not  incidental  to its
servicing  responsibilities under such Pooling and Servicing Agreement and that,
in its opinion, may cause it to incur any expense or liability.

     Under the circumstances  specified in each Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
any entity into which UAC may be merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting
from any  merger  or  consolidation  to  which  UAC is a  party,  or any  entity
succeeding  to  the  indirect  automobile  financing  and  receivable  servicing
business of UAC, which  corporation  or other entity assumes the  obligations of
the Servicer,  will be the successor to the Servicer  under the related  Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.



                                       27
<PAGE>

Events of Default

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  "Events of
Default"  under each Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  will consist of: (i) any
failure  by  the  Servicer  or  UAC  to  deliver  to  the  related  Trustee  for
distribution  to the related  Certificateholders  any  required  payment,  which
failure continues  unremedied for five business days after written notice to the
Servicer of such failure from the Trustee or holders of the related Certificates
evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate  Certificate  Balance (or notional
principal amount, if applicable);  (ii) any failure by the Servicer,  UAC or the
Depositor  duly to observe or perform in any  material  respect any  covenant or
agreement  in  the  related  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  which  failure
materially  and adversely  affects the rights of the related  Certificateholders
and which continues  unremedied for 60 days after written notice of such failure
is given (1) to the Servicer,  UAC or the Depositor,  as the case may be, by the
related  Trustee or (2) to the Servicer,  UAC or the Depositor,  as the case may
be, and to the related Trustee by holders of the related Certificates evidencing
not less than 25% of the  related  Certificate  Balance (or  notional  principal
amount, if applicable); and (iii) certain events of insolvency,  readjustment of
debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities, or similar proceedings with respect
to the Servicer and certain  actions by the Servicer  indicating its insolvency,
reorganization  pursuant  to  bankruptcy  proceedings  or  inability  to pay its
obligations.

Rights Upon Event of Default

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  as long as
an Event of Default under the related  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  remains
unremedied, the related Trustee or holders of Certificates of the related Series
evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate  Balance (or notional  principal
amount,  if  applicable)  may  terminate all the rights and  obligations  of the
Servicer  under such  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  whereupon a successor
Servicer  appointed  by the related  Trustee or such Trustee will succeed to all
the responsibilities,  duties and liabilities of the Servicer under such Pooling
and  Servicing   Agreement   and  will  be  entitled  to  similar   compensation
arrangements,  provided,  however,  that if the Trustee  becomes  the  successor
Servicer it will not be subject to all of the indemnification obligations of the
Servicer.  If,  however,  a  bankruptcy  trustee  or similar  official  has been
appointed for the Servicer,  and no Event of Default other than such appointment
has occurred, such trustee or official may have the power to prevent the related
Trustee  or  the  related   Certificateholders  from  effecting  a  transfer  of
servicing.  In the event that the related  Trustee is unwilling or unable to act
as successor to the Servicer,  such Trustee may appoint, or may petition a court
of  competent  jurisdiction  to  appoint,  a  successor  with assets of at least
$50,000,000  and whose  regular  business  includes the  servicing of automotive
receivables. The related Trustee may arrange for compensation to be paid to such
successor  Servicer,  which  in no  event  may be  greater  than  the  servicing
compensation  paid to the  Servicer  under the  related  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.

Waiver of Past Defaults

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  holders of
Certificates  evidencing  not less  than a  majority  of the  related  aggregate
Certificate Balance (or notional principal amount, if applicable) may, on behalf
of all  such  Certificateholders,  waive  any  default  by the  Servicer  in the
performance of its obligations under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and its  consequences,  except a default in making any  required  deposits to or
payments  from  any  Account  in  accordance  with  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.  No such  waiver  will  impair the  Certificateholders'  rights  with
respect to subsequent Events of Default.

Amendment

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  may be  amended  from  time  to  time by the
Depositor,  the  Servicer  and the related  Trustee,  without the consent of the
related  Certificateholders,  to cure any  ambiguity,  correct or supplement any
provision therein that may be inconsistent with other provisions  therein, or to
make any other  provisions  with respect to matters or questions  arising  under
such  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  that  are not  inconsistent  with  the
provisions  of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement;  provided that such action
shall not,  in the  opinion  of counsel  satisfactory  to the  related  Trustee,
materially and adversely affect the interests of any related  Certificateholder.
Each Pooling and Servicing  Agreement may also be amended by the Depositor,  the
Servicer and the related  Trustee with the consent of the holders of the related
Certificates  evidencing not less than 51% of the related aggregate  Certificate
Balance (and notional principal amount, if applicable) for the purpose of adding


                                       28
<PAGE>

any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of such Pooling and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights
of such  Certificateholders;  provided,  however, that no such amendment may (i)
increase  or reduce in any  manner the  amount  of, or  accelerate  or delay the
timing of,  collections of payments on or in respect of the related  Receivables
or  distributions  that  are  required  to be  made  for  the  benefit  of  such
Certificateholders  or (ii) reduce the aforesaid  percentage of the  Certificate
Balance of such  Series  that is  required  to  consent  to any such  amendment,
without  the consent of the holders of all of the  outstanding  Certificates  of
such Series. Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
provision in a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement that imposes unlimited liability
on the holder of a Class IC Certificate  and provides for the termination of the
related Trust upon the occurrence of an "Insolvency  Event" (as described in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement)  with  respect  to such  holder of the Class IC
Certificate,  shall not be amended without the unanimous  consent of the Trustee
and all holders of outstanding  Certificates  of such Series.  No amendment of a
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement shall be permitted unless an opinion of counsel
is delivered to the Trustee to the effect that such amendment will not adversely
affect the tax status of the Trust.

Termination

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
obligations of the Servicer,  the Depositor and the related Trustee  pursuant to
the related Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will terminate upon the earliest to
occur of (i) the maturity or other  liquidation  of the last  Receivable  in the
related  Receivables  Pool and the  disposition  of any  amounts  received  upon
liquidation  of any such  remaining  Receivables  and (ii)  the  payment  to the
related  Certificateholders  of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant
to the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and (iii) the  occurrence  of certain
Insolvency Events, to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  in order
to avoid excessive  administrative  expenses,  the Servicer or one or more other
entities identified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  will be permitted, at
its  option,  to  purchase  from each  Trust or to cause  such Trust to sell all
remaining  Receivables  in the  related  Receivables  Pool  as of the end of any
Collection  Period,  if the  Certificate  Balance  as of the  Distribution  Date
following  such  Collection  Period  would  be less  than or equal to 10% of the
initial  aggregate  Certificate  Balance,  at a purchase price equal to the fair
market  value  of  such  Receivables,  but  not  less  than  the  sum of (x) the
outstanding  Pool  Balance and (y)  accrued  and unpaid  interest on such amount
computed at a rate equal to the weighted average Contract Rate, minus any amount
representing  payments received on the Receivables and not yet applied to reduce
the principal balance thereof or interest related thereto.

     If and to the extent  provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
related Trustee will,  within ten days following a Distribution Date as of which
the Pool  Balance  is equal to or less than 10% of the  original  Pool  Balance,
solicit bids for the purchase of the Receivables remaining in such Trust, in the
manner and  subject  to the terms and  conditions  set forth in such  Prospectus
Supplement.  If such  Trustee  receives  satisfactory  bids as described in such
Prospectus Supplement, then the Receivables remaining in such Trust will be sold
to the highest bidder.

                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

Security Interest in Vehicles

     Installment  sale  contracts  such as  those  included  in the  Receivables
evidence  the credit sale of  automobiles,  light  trucks and vans by dealers to
obligors;  the contracts and the installment  loan and security  agreements also
constitute  personal property security agreements and include grants of security
interests in the vehicles under the UCC. Perfection of security interests in the
vehicles is generally  governed by the motor  vehicle  registration  laws of the
state in which the vehicle is located.  In all of the States where UAC currently
acquires  or  originates  Receivables,  a  security  interest  in a  vehicle  is
perfected by notation of the secured  party's lien on the vehicle's  certificate
of title.  With respect to the Receivables,  the lien is or will be perfected in
the name of UAC, UAFC or, in certain cases,  the  Predecessor.  Each  Receivable
prohibits the sale or transfer of the Financed  Vehicle without the lienholder's
consent.



                                       29
<PAGE>

     Pursuant  to  each  Purchase  Agreement,  UAFC  will  assign  its  security
interests in the Financed  Vehicles to the Depositor along with the Receivables.
Pursuant to each Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  the Depositor will assign its
security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles to the related  Trustee along with
the Receivables.  Because of the administrative burden and expense,  neither the
Depositor  nor the  related  Trustee  will  amend  any  certificate  of title to
identify itself as the secured party.

     In most states,  an  assignment  such as that under a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement is an effective conveyance of a security interest without amendment of
any lien noted on a vehicle's  certificate of title,  and the assignee  succeeds
thereby to the assignor's  rights as secured party.  In many states in which the
Receivables were originated, the laws governing certificates of title are silent
on the question of the effect of an  assignment  on the  continued  validity and
perfection of a security interest in vehicles. However, with respect to security
interests perfected by a central filing, the UCC in these states provides that a
security  interest  continues to be valid and perfected even though the security
interest has been  assigned to a third party and no  amendments or other filings
are made to reflect the assignment.  An official  comment to the UCC states that
this rule should control a security  interest in a vehicle which is perfected by
the notation of the lien on the certificate of title.  Although the comment does
not have the force of law,  official  comments are typically  given  substantial
weight by the courts.

     The other states in which the  Receivables  were  originated have statutory
provisions  that  address or could be  interpreted  as  addressing  assignments.
However,  nearly  all of  these  statutory  provisions  either  do  not  require
compliance  with the  procedure  outlined to insure the  continued  validity and
perfection  of the lien or are  ambiguous on the issue of whether the  procedure
must be followed.  Under the official  comment noted above, if these  procedures
for noting an  assignee's  name on a certificate  of title are  determined to be
merely  permissive in nature,  the procedures would not have to be followed as a
condition to the continued validity and perfection of the security interest.

     By not  identifying  the Trust as the secured party on the  certificate  of
title,  the  security  interest  of the Trust in the  vehicle  could be defeated
through fraud or  negligence.  In the absence of fraud or forgery by the vehicle
owner,  UAC, UAFC or the Predecessor or  administrative  error by state or local
agencies,  the  notation  of  the  UAFC's  or  the  Predecessor's  lien  on  the
certificates  should be  sufficient  to protect  the Trust  against the right of
subsequent  purchasers  of a vehicle or  subsequent  lenders who take a security
interest in a vehicle  securing a  Receivable.  If there are any  vehicles as to
which  UAC,  UAFC or the  Predecessor  failed  to  obtain a  perfected  security
interest,   its  security  interest  would  be  subordinate  to,  among  others,
subsequent  purchasers  of  the  vehicles  and  holders  of  perfected  security
interests.  Such a failure,  however,  would  constitute a breach of  warranties
under the related  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  and Purchase  Agreement and
would create an obligation of UAC to repurchase the related  Receivable,  unless
such breach were cured in a timely manner.  See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."

     Under the laws of most  states,  including  most of the states in which the
Receivables have been or will be originated,  the perfected security interest in
a vehicle  continues  for four months  after a vehicle is moved to a state other
than the state which issued the  certificate of title and  thereafter  until the
vehicle owner  re-registers  the vehicle in the new state.  A majority of states
require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a vehicle. Since UAFC
(or UAC or the  Predecessor)  will have its lien  noted on the  certificates  of
title and the Servicer will retain possession of the certificates issued by most
states in which  Receivables  were or will be  originated,  the  Servicer  would
ordinarily learn of an attempt at  re-registration  through the request from the
obligor to surrender  possession  of the  certificate  of title or would receive
notice  of  surrender  from the  state of  re-registration  since  the  security
interest  would be noted on the  certificate  of title.  Thus, the secured party
would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in the vehicle in
the state of  relocation.  In states that do not require a certificate  of title
for registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could defeat perfection.



                                       30
<PAGE>

     In the ordinary course of servicing  receivables,  the Servicer takes steps
to effect re-perfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration or information
from the obligor as to relocation.  Similarly,  when an obligor sells a vehicle,
the Servicer  must  surrender  possession  of the  certificate  of title or will
receive notice as a result of UAFC's (or UAC's or the Predecessor's)  lien noted
thereon and accordingly will have an opportunity to require  satisfaction of the
related  Receivable before release of the lien. Under each Pooling and Servicing
Agreement,  the  Servicer is  obligated to take  appropriate  steps,  at its own
expense, to maintain perfection of security interests in the Financed Vehicles.

     Under the laws of most  states,  liens  for  repairs  performed  on a motor
vehicle  and liens for unpaid  taxes would take  priority  over even a perfected
security  interest in a Financed Vehicle.  In some states, a perfected  security
interest in a Financed Vehicle may take priority over liens for repairs.

     UAC and UAFC will  represent  and warrant in each  Purchase  Agreement  and
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  that,  as of the  date  of  issuance  of the
Certificates,  each security  interest in a Financed Vehicle is or will be prior
to all other  present  liens  (other  than tax liens  and  liens  that  arise by
operation of law) upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle. However,
liens  for  repairs  or  taxes  could  arise at any  time  during  the term of a
Receivable.  No notice will be given to the Trustee or Certificateholders in the
event such a lien arises.

Repossession

     In the event of a default  by  vehicle  purchasers,  the holder of a retail
installment sale contract or an installment loan and security  agreement has all
of the  remedies of a secured  party under the UCC,  except  where  specifically
limited by other state laws.  The remedy  employed by the Servicer in most cases
of  default  is  self-help  repossession  and is  accomplished  simply by taking
possession  of the  Financed  Vehicle.  The  self-help  repossession  remedy  is
available under the UCC in most of the states in which  Receivables have been or
will be originated as long as the  repossession  can be  accomplished  without a
breach of the peace.

     In cases where the obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession,  or
if otherwise  required by  applicable  state law, a court order must be obtained
from the  appropriate  state  court.  The vehicle  must then be  repossessed  in
accordance with that order.

Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights

     In the event of default by an obligor,  some jurisdictions require that the
obligor be notified of the default and be given a time period  within  which the
obligor may cure the default  prior to  repossession.  Generally,  this right of
reinstatement  may be exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year
period.

     The UCC and other  state  laws  require  the  secured  party to  provide an
obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the  collateral may be held. The
obligor generally has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale by
paying the secured party the unpaid  principal  balance of the  obligation  plus
reasonable expenses for repossessing,  holding, and preparing the collateral for
disposition  and  arranging  for its sale,  and,  to the extent  provided in the
related retail installment sale contract,  and, as permitted by law,  reasonable
attorneys' fees.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

     The proceeds of resale of the vehicles  generally  will be applied first to
the  expenses of resale and  repossession  and then to the  satisfaction  of the
indebtedness.  If the net  proceeds  from resale do not cover the full amount of
the indebtedness,  a deficiency judgment may be sought.  However, the deficiency
judgment would be a personal judgment against the obligor for the shortfall, and
a defaulting  obligor can be expected to have very little  capital or sources of
income available following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be
useful to seek a deficiency  judgment or, if one is obtained,  it may be settled
at a significant discount.

     Occasionally, after resale of a vehicle and payment of all expenses and all
indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case,  the UCC requires the
lender to remit the surplus to any holder of a lien with  respect to the vehicle
or if no such  lienholder  exists,  the UCC  requires  the  lender  to remit the
surplus to the former owner of the vehicle.



                                       31
<PAGE>

Consumer Protection Laws

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial  requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance.   These  laws  include  the  Truth-in-Lending  Act,  the  Equal  Credit
Opportunity  Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices  Act, the
Magnuson-Moss  Warranty Act, the Federal  Reserve  Board's  Regulations B and Z,
state  adaptations  of the  National  Consumer  Act and of the Uniform  Consumer
Credit Code and state motor vehicle  retail  installment  sales acts,  and other
similar  laws.  Also,  state  laws  impose  finance  charge  ceilings  and other
restrictions  on consumer  transactions  and  require  contract  disclosures  in
addition to those required under federal law. Those requirements impose specific
statutory  liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their  provisions.
In some cases,  this  liability  could affect an  assignee's  ability to enforce
consumer finance contracts such as the Receivables.

     The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course"  Rule of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC  Rule"),  the  provisions  of which are  generally  duplicated  by the
Uniform  Consumer  Credit  Code,  other  state  statutes,  or the common laws in
certain  states,  has the effect of  subjecting  a seller (and  certain  related
lenders and their  assignees) in a consumer credit  transaction and any assignee
of the seller to all claims and  defenses  that the  obligor in the  transaction
could assert  against the seller of the goods.  Liability  under the FTC Rule is
limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the contract, and the holder of
the contract may also be unable to collect any balance  remaining due thereunder
from the obligor. Most of the Receivables will be subject to the requirements of
the FTC Rule.  Accordingly,  the Trustee, as holder of the Receivables,  will be
subject to any claims or defenses  that the  purchaser  of the related  financed
vehicle may assert against the seller of the vehicle. Such claims are limited to
a maximum liability equal to the amounts paid by the Obligor on the Receivable.

     Under most state motor  vehicle  dealer  licensing  laws,  dealers of motor
vehicles are required to be licensed to sell motor  vehicles at retail sale.  In
addition,  with respect to used vehicles, the Federal Trade Commission's Rule on
Sale of Used  Vehicles  requires  that all  sellers  of used  vehicles  prepare,
complete and display a "Buyer's Guide" which explains the warranty  coverage for
such vehicles.  Furthermore,  Federal Odometer Regulations promulgated under the
Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act requires that all sellers of used
vehicles  furnish  a  written  statement  signed by the  seller  certifying  the
accuracy of the odometer  reading.  If a seller is not  properly  licensed or if
either a Buyer's Guide or Odometer Disclosure  Statement was not provided to the
purchaser of the related financed  vehicle,  the obligor may be able to assert a
defense  against the seller of the  vehicle.  If an Obligor were  successful  in
asserting any such claim or defense,  such claim or defense  would  constitute a
breach of UAC's representations and warranties under each Purchase Agreement and
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and  would  create an  obligation  of UAC to
repurchase the Receivable unless such breach were cured in a timely manner.  See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of
Receivables."

     Courts  have  applied  general  equitable  principles  to  secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

     In several cases,  consumers  have asserted that the self-help  remedies of
secured  parties  under  the UCC  and  related  laws  violate  the  due  process
protections  provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United
States.  Courts  have  generally  upheld  the notice  provisions  of the UCC and
related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale by the
creditor  do not  involve  sufficient  state  action  to  afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

     UAC will  represent  and  warrant  in each  Purchase  Agreement  that  each
Receivable  complies  with all  requirements  of law in all  material  respects.
Accordingly,  if an Obligor has a claim against a Trust for violation of any law
and such claim  materially  and  adversely  affects  the  Trust's  interest in a
Receivable,  such violation would  constitute a breach of UAC's  representations
and  warranties  under the Purchase  Agreement and would create an obligation of
UAC to repurchase such Receivable unless the breach were cured. See "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."



                                       32
<PAGE>

Other Limitations

     In  addition  to the laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related  state  laws,  may  interfere  with or affect the ability of a lender to
realize upon  collateral  or enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
lender from repossessing an automobile, and, as part of the rehabilitation plan,
reduce  the  amount  of the  secured  indebtedness  to the  market  value of the
automobile at the time of bankruptcy (as  determined by the court),  leaving the
party providing  financing as a general unsecured  creditor for the remainder of
the  indebtedness.  A bankruptcy  court may also reduce the monthly payments due
under a contract or change the rate of  interest  and time of  repayment  of the
indebtedness.

Bankruptcy Matters

     UAC and UAFC will  represent  and warrant to the Depositor in each Purchase
Agreement,  and the Depositor  will warrant to the related Trust in each Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement,  that the sales of the  Receivables by UAC to UAFC, by
UAFC to the  Depositor  and by the Depositor to the Trust are valid sales of the
Receivables to UAFC, the Depositor and such Trust, respectively. Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  if UAC,  UAFC or the  Depositor  were to  become a debtor  in a
bankruptcy case and a creditor or  trustee-in-bankruptcy  of such debtor or such
debtor  itself were to take the position that the sale of  Receivables  to UAFC,
the  Depositor  or the  Trust  should  instead  be  treated  as a pledge of such
Receivables  to  secure a  borrowing  of such  debtor,  delays  in  payments  of
collections  of  Receivables  to  Certificateholders  could occur or (should the
court rule in favor of any such trustee,  debtor or creditor)  reductions in the
amounts of such payments  could result.  If the transfer of  Receivables  to the
Trust is treated as a pledge instead of a sale, a tax or government  lien on the
property  of UAC,  UAFC or the  Depositor  arising  before the  transfer  of the
related  Receivables to such Trust may have priority over such Trust's  interest
in such Receivables.  If the transactions  contemplated  herein are treated as a
sale, the Receivables would not be part of the UAC's,  UAFC's or the Depositor's
bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the bankrupt entity's creditors.

     The decision of the U.S.  Court of Appeals for the Tenth  Circuit,  Octagon
Gas System, Inc. v. Rimmer (In re Meridian Reserve, Inc.) (decided May 27,1993),
contains  language  to the effect that under the UCC  accounts  sold by a debtor
would remain property of the debtor's bankruptcy estate, whether or not the sale
of the accounts was perfected. Although the Receivables constitute chattel paper
under the UCC, rather than accounts, Article 9 of the UCC applies to the sale of
chattel  paper as well as the sale of  accounts,  and  perfection  of a security
interest in both chattel paper and accounts may be accomplished by the filing of
a UCC-1  financing  statement.  If,  following a bankruptcy  of UAC, UAFC or the
Depositor,  a court were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit  reflected
in the above case,  then the  Receivables  could be  included in the  bankruptcy
estate of UAC, UAFC or the Depositor,  as applicable,  and delays in payments of
collections on or in respect of the Receivables  could occur.  UAC and UAFC will
warrant to the Depositor in each  Purchase  Agreement,  and the  Depositor  will
warrant to the Trust in each Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  that the sale of
the related  Receivables to the Depositor or the related Trust is a sale of such
Receivables to the Depositor and to the Trust, respectively.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The  following  is  a  general   summary  of  certain  federal  income  tax
consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of  Certificates.  The
summary does not purport to deal with federal income tax consequences applicable
to all categories of holders, some of which may be subject to special rules. For
example, its does not discuss the tax treatment of  Certificateholders  that are
insurance  companies,  regulated  investment companies or dealers in securities.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors in determining
the federal, state, local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of the Certificates.

     The  following  summary is based upon  current  provisions  of the Internal
Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  the  Treasury  regulations
promulgated  thereunder  and  judicial  or  ruling  authority,  all of which are
subject to change, which change may be retroactive.  Each Trust will be provided
with an opinion of federal  tax counsel  regarding  certain  federal  income tax
matters discussed below. Such opinions,  however,  are not binding on the IRS or
the courts.  No ruling on any of the issues  discussed below will be sought from
the IRS. For purposes of the following  summary,  references  to the Trust,  the
Certificates and related terms,  parties and documents shall be deemed to refer,
unless otherwise  specified  herein,  to each Trust and the Certificates and the
related terms, parties and documents applicable to such Trust.



                                       33
<PAGE>

     The  federal  income  tax  consequences  to  Certificateholders  will  vary
depending  on whether an  election  is made to treat the Trust as a  partnership
under the Code or whether  the Trust will be  treated  as a grantor  trust.  The
Prospectus  Supplement for each Series of  Certificates  will specify  whether a
partnership  election  will be made or  whether  the Trust  will be treated as a
grantor trust.

TRUSTS FOR WHICH A PARTNERSHIP ELECTION IS MADE

Tax Characterization of the Trust as a Partnership

     Federal Tax  Counsel  will  deliver  its  opinion  that a Trust for which a
partnership  election is made will not be an  association  (or  publicly  traded
partnership)  taxable as a corporation  for federal  income tax  purposes.  This
opinion  will be  based on the  assumption  that the  terms of the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement and related  documents  will be complied  with, and on such
counsel's  conclusions that (i) the Trust will not have certain  characteristics
necessary for a business trust to be classified as an  association  taxable as a
corporation  and (ii) the nature of the income of the Trust will  exempt it from
the rule that certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations.

     If a Trust were taxable as a corporation  for federal  income tax purposes,
it would be subject to corporate  income tax on its taxable income.  The Trust's
taxable income would include all of its income on the related Receivables,  less
servicing fees and other  deductible  expenses.  Any such  corporate  income tax
could   materially   reduce  cash  available  to  make   distributions   on  the
Certificates,  and beneficial owners of Certificates (the "Certificate  Owners")
could be liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust.

     On May 9, 1996,  the  Department of Treasury  issued  proposed  regulations
regarding  entity  classification  that  contain  an  elective   "check-the-box"
procedure  under which  partnership  (as opposed to  association)  status may be
elected by an  unincorporated  entity for federal  income tax  purposes  without
lacking  some  or  all  of  the  characteristics  distinguishing  such  entities
described in clause (i) of the second  preceding  paragraph.  The application of
these proposed  regulations to any particular Trust,  particularly  those formed
prior to the issuance of applicable temporary or final regulations is uncertain.
If applicable temporary or final regulations are issued, the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement will require that any eligible Trust must make a partnership
election  thereunder.  Moreover,  any such Trust may be amended to remove one or
more  of the  distinguishing  characteristics  described  in this  paragraph  if
permitted by such applicable  temporary or final regulations.  In such event, it
is not expected that there would be any material  adverse  effect on Certificate
Owners. 

Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates

     Treatment of the Trust as a  Partnership.  The  Depositor  and the Servicer
will agree, and the related  Certificate  Owners will agree by their purchase of
Certificates,  to treat the Trust as a  partnership  for purposes of federal and
state income tax,  franchise  tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part
by income,  with the  assets of the  partnership  being the  assets  held by the
Trust, the partners of the partnership  being the Certificate  Owners (including
the holder of the Class IC Certificate). However, the proper characterization of
the arrangement  involving the Trust,  the  Certificates,  the Depositor and the
Servicer is not certain  because there is no authority on  transactions  closely
comparable to that contemplated herein.

     If  the  proposed  regulations  containing  the  "check-the-box"  procedure
described  above  under  "Tax  Characterization  of the Trust as a  Partnership"
become  applicable as temporary or final  regulations,  the related  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement  will  provide  that an  election  to treat  the Trust as a
partnership shall be made thereunder.

     Partnership  Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
federal  income  tax.  Rather,  each  Certificate  Owner  will  be  required  to
separately  take into account such holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,
losses,  deductions  and credits of the Trust.  The Trust's  income will consist
primarily  of interest  and finance  charges  earned on the related  Receivables
(including appropriate adjustments for market discount,  original issue discount
("OID") and bond premium) and any gain upon  collection or  disposition  of such
Receivables.  The Trust's  deductions  will consist  primarily of servicing  and
other  fees,  and  losses  or  deductions  upon  collection  or  disposition  of
Receivables.



                                       34
<PAGE>

     The tax items of a partnership  are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement  (i.e., the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and  related  documents).  The  Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement will provide,  in general,  that the Certificate Owners will
be allocated taxable income of the Trust for each month equal to the sum of: (i)
the interest that accrues on the Certificates in accordance with their terms for
such month,  including  interest  accruing at the related  Pass-Through Rate for
such month and interest,  if any, on amounts  previously due on the Certificates
but not yet distributed;  (ii) any Trust income  attributable to discount on the
related  Receivables  that  corresponds to any excess of the principal amount of
the  Certificates  over their  initial  issue price;  (iii) any other amounts of
income payable to the Certificate Owners for such month; and (iv) in the case of
an individual,  such  Certificate  Owner's share of income  corresponding to the
miscellaneous  itemized  deductions  described  in  the  next  paragraph.   Such
allocation  will be  reduced  by any  amortization  by the Trust of  premium  on
Receivables  that  corresponds to any excess of the issue price of  Certificates
over their principal amount. Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  all remaining  taxable income of the Trust will be allocated to the
Class IC Certificateholder.  In the event the Trust issues interest-only Class I
Certificates,  the amount  allocated to such  Certificate  Owners will equal the
excess of (i) the Class I Pass-Through Rate times the Notional  Principal Amount
for such month over (ii) the portion of the amount  distributed  with respect to
the Class I Certificates  for such month that would constitute a return of basis
if the Class I  Certificates  constituted  an  instrument  described  in Section
860G(a)(1)(B)(ii)  of the Code, applying the principles of Section 1272(a)(6) of
the Code and  employing  the  constant  yield method of accrual  (utilizing  the
appropriate prepayment assumption); provided, that no negative accruals shall be
permitted,  and,  provided further,  that other deductions  derived by the Trust
equal  to the  aggregate  remaining  capital  account  balances  of the  Class I
Certificate  Owners will be allocated to the Class I Certificates  in proportion
to  the  respective  capital  account  balances  immediately  before  the  final
redemption.

     An individual  taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust (including fees to
the  Servicer,  but  not  interest  expense)  would  be  miscellaneous  itemized
deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or in
part and might  result in such  holder  being  taxed on an amount of income that
exceeds the amount of cash actually  distributed to such holder over the life of
the  Trust.  Any net loss of the Trust will be  allocated  first to the Class IC
Certificateholder  to the extent of its  adjusted  capital  account  then to the
other  Certificate  Owners  in the  priorities  set  forth  in the  Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement to the extent of their respective adjusted capital accounts,
and thereafter to the Class IC Certificateholder.

     The Trust  intends to make all  calculations  relating  to market  discount
income  and  amortization  of  premium  with  respect  to both  Simple  Interest
Receivables  and  Precomputed  Receivables  on an aggregate  basis rather than a
Receivable-by-Receivable   basis.   If  the  IRS  were  to  require   that  such
calculations be made separately for each Receivable, the Trust might be required
to incur  additional  expense,  but it is  believed  that  there  would not be a
material adverse effect on Certificate Owners.

     Discount  and  Premium.   Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  it is believed that the Receivables were not issued with
OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income. However, the purchase
price paid by the Trust for the related  Receivables may be greater or less than
the remaining  principal balance of the Receivables at the time of purchase.  If
so, the  Receivables  will have been  acquired at a premium or discount,  as the
case may be. (As indicated  above,  the Trust will make this  calculation  on an
aggregate    basis,   but   might   be   required   to   recompute   it   on   a
Receivable-by-Receivable basis.)

     If the Trust  acquires  the  related  Receivables  at a market  discount or
premium,  it will elect to include any such  discount in income  currently as it
accrues over the life of such  Receivables or to offset any such premium against
interest  income on such  Receivables.  As  indicated  above,  a portion of such
market  discount  income or premium  deduction  may be allocated to  Certificate
Owners.

     Section 708  Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to  terminate  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  if 50% or more of the
capital  and  profits  interests  in the  Trust are sold or  exchanged  within a
12-month period. If such a termination  occurs,  the Trust will be considered to
distribute   its  assets  to  the  partners,   who  would  then  be  treated  as
recontributing  those assets to the Trust, as a new partnership.  The Trust will
not comply  with  certain  technical  requirements  that might apply when such a
constructive  termination  occurs.  As a result,  the Trust  may be  subject  to
certain tax  penalties  and may incur  additional  expenses if it is required to
comply  with those  requirements.  Furthermore,  the Trust  might not be able to
comply due to lack of data. Under proposed Treasury  regulations,  the foregoing
treatment would be replaced by new rules under which a 50% or greater  transfer,
as described above, would cause a deemed contribution of the assets of the Trust


                                       35
<PAGE>

to a new partnership in exchange for interests in the Trust. Such interests in a
new  partnership  would be deemed  distributed  to the  partners of the Trust in
liquidation  thereof,  which would not constitute a sale or exchange.  It is not
known when or whether such proposed Treasury regulations will become effective.

     Disposition  of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital  gain or  loss  will be
recognized  on a sale of  Certificates  in an  amount  equal  to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates sold.
A  Certificate  Owner's  tax basis in a  Certificate  will  generally  equal the
holder's cost  increased by the holder's  share of Trust income  (includible  in
income)  and  decreased  by any  distributions  received  with  respect  to such
Certificate.  In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount
realized on a sale of a  Certificate  would  include the  holder's  share of the
liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates at different  prices
may be  required  to  maintain  a single  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis in such
Certificates and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the Certificates, to
allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates  sold (rather
than  maintaining  a separate  tax basis in each  Certificate  for  purposes  of
computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

     Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized  accrued market discount on the related Receivables would generally
be treated as  ordinary  income to the holder and would give rise to special tax
reporting requirements.  The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give rise to such special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to avoid those
special reporting requirements,  the Trust will elect to include market discount
in income as it accrues.

     If a  Certificate  Owner is required to recognize  an  aggregate  amount of
income (not including  income  attributable  to disallowed  itemized  deductions
described  above) over the life of the  Certificates  that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

     Allocations  Between Transferors and Transferees.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income and losses  will be  determined  monthly and the tax items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned  among the Certificate  Owners in
proportion  to the  principal  amount of  Certificates  (or  notional  principal
amount, in the case of any interest only  Certificates)  owned by them as of the
close  of the  last  day  of  such  month.  As a  result,  a  holder  purchasing
Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and
tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.

         The use of such a monthly  convention  may not be permitted by existing
regulations.  If a  monthly  convention  is not  allowed  (or  only  applies  to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated  among the  Certificate  Owners.  The Class IC
Certificateholder,  acting  as tax  matters  partner  for  the  Trust,  will  be
authorized to revise the Trust's method of allocation  between  transferors  and
transferees to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

     Section  754  Election.  In the event that a  Certificate  Owner  sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss),  the purchasing  Certificate  Owner will have a
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificate Owner had.
The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect that higher
(or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election  under Section 754 of
the  Code.  In order to avoid  the  administrative  complexities  that  would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements,  the Trust will not make such election. As a
result,  Certificate  Owners  might be  allocated a greater or lesser  amount of
Trust income than would be  appropriate  based on their own  purchase  price for
Certificates.

     Administrative  Matters.  The  Trustee  is  required  to keep or have  kept
complete  and accurate  books of the Trust.  Such books will be  maintained  for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis, and the fiscal year of
the  Trust  is  expected  to be the  calendar  year.  The  Trustee  will  file a
partnership  information  return  (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each  taxable
year of the Trust and will report each  Certificate  Owner's  allocable share of
items of Trust  income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule  K-1.  The
Trust will provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to provide
the Trust with the information  statement described below and such nominees will
be  required  to  forward  such  information  to the  beneficial  owners  of the
Certificates.  Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information  return filed by the Trust or be subject to penalties unless the
holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.



                                       36
<PAGE>

     Under  Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust with
a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial owners
and the  Certificates so held. Such information  includes (i) the name,  address
and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each beneficial
owner (a) the name,  address  and  identification  number  of such  person,  (b)
whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt  entity or a foreign
government,  an  international  organization,  or any  wholly  owned  agency  or
instrumentality  of either of the  foregoing,  and (c)  certain  information  on
Certificates  that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish  directly to the Trust  information as
to themselves and their ownership of Certificates.  A clearing agency registered
under  Section  17A of the  Exchange  Act is not  required  to furnish  any such
information  statement to the Trust.  The information  referred to above for any
calendar year must be furnished to the Trust on or before the following  January
31. Nominees,  brokers and financial institutions that fail to provide the Trust
with the information described above may be subject to penalties.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Class
IC  Certificateholder  will be  designated  as the tax matters  partner for each
Trust in the  related  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  and, as such,  will be
responsible for representing the Certificate Owners in any dispute with the IRS.
The Code provides for  administrative  examination  of a  partnership  as if the
partnership  were a separate and distinct  taxpayer.  Generally,  the statute of
limitations for  partnership  items does not expire before three years after the
date  on  which  the  partnership  information  return  is  filed.  Any  adverse
determination  following an audit of the return of the Trust by the  appropriate
taxing  authorities  could  result  in an  adjustment  of  the  returns  of  the
Certificate Owners, and, under certain circumstances, a Certificate Owner may be
precluded from separately  litigating a proposed  adjustment to the items of the
Trust.  An  adjustment  could also result in an audit of a  Certificate  Owner's
returns  and  adjustments  of items not  related to the income and losses of the
Trust.

     Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificate Owners. It is not clear whether the
Trust  would be  considered  to be engaged in a trade or  business in the United
States for  purposes  of federal  withholding  taxes  with  respect to  non-U.S.
persons because there is no clear authority  dealing with that issue under facts
substantially  similar to those  described  herein.  Although it is not expected
that the Trust would be engaged in a trade or business in the United  States for
such  purposes,  the Trust  will  withhold  as if it were so engaged in order to
protect the Trust from possible  adverse  consequences of a failure to withhold.
The Trust  expects to  withhold  on the  portion of its  taxable  income that is
allocable to foreign Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as
if such income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, at a rate
of 35% for foreign  holders that are taxable as  corporations  and 39.6% for all
other  foreign  holders.  Subsequent  adoption  of Treasury  regulations  or the
issuance of other administrative  pronouncements may require the Trust to change
its withholding  procedures.  In determining a holder's  withholding status, the
Trust may rely on IRS Form W-8,  IRS Form W-9 or the holder's  certification  of
nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.

     Each  foreign  holder  might  be  required  to  file a U.S.  individual  or
corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch
profits tax) on its share of the Trust's income. Each foreign holder must obtain
a taxpayer  identification  number  from the IRS and submit  that  number to the
Trust  on Form  W-8 in  order  to  assure  appropriate  crediting  of the  taxes
withheld.  A foreign holder  generally  would be entitled to file with the IRS a
claim for  refund  with  respect  to taxes  withheld  by the  Trust,  taking the
position  that no taxes  were due  because  the Trust was not  engaged in a U.S.
trade or business. However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a Certificate
Owner who is a foreign person generally will be considered  guaranteed  payments
to the extent such payments are  determined  without regard to the income of the
Trust.  If these  interest  payments are properly  characterized  as  guaranteed
payments,  then the interest will not be considered "portfolio  interest".  As a
result,  Certificate  Owners will be subject to United States federal income tax
and  withholding  tax at a rate of 30  percent,  unless  reduced  or  eliminated
pursuant to an applicable  treaty.  In such case, a foreign holder would only be
entitled to claim a refund for that  portion of the taxes in excess of the taxes
that should be withheld with respect to the guaranteed payments.

     Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  made on the  Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if, in  general,  the  Certificate  Owner  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.



                                       37
<PAGE>

TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR TRUSTS

Tax Characterization of Grantor Trusts

         If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  Federal Tax Counsel
will deliver its opinion that the Trust will not be classified as an association
taxable as a  corporation  and that such Trust will be  classified  as a grantor
trust  under  subpart  E,  Part I of  subchapter  J of the Code.  In this  case,
beneficial  owners  of  Certificates  (referred  to  herein  as  "Grantor  Trust
Certificateholders")  will be treated for federal  income tax purposes as owners
of a portion of the Trust's assets as described below.  The Certificates  issued
by a Trust that is treated as a grantor trust are referred to herein as "Grantor
Trust Certificates".

     Characterization.  Each Grantor Trust  Certificateholder will be treated as
the  owner  of a pro rata  undivided  interest  in the  interest  and  principal
portions of the Trust represented by the Grantor Trust  Certificates and will be
considered the equitable  owner of a pro rata undivided  interest in each of the
Receivables   in  the  Trust.   Any  amounts   received   by  a  Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder  in lieu of amounts due with respect to any Receivable because
of a default or  delinquency  in payment will be treated for federal  income tax
purposes as having the same character as the payments they replace.

     Each  Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder  will be  required to report on its
federal   income   tax   return   in   accordance   with  such   Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder's method of accounting its pro rata share of the entire income
from the  Receivables in the Trust  represented  by Grantor Trust  Certificates,
including  interest,  OID, if any,  prepayment  fees,  assumption fees, any gain
recognized upon an assumption and late payment charges received by the Servicer.
Under Code  Sections 162 or 212, each Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder  will be
entitled  to deduct  its pro rata  share of  servicing  fees,  prepayment  fees,
assumption fees and late payment charges retained by the Servicer, provided that
such amounts are  reasonable  compensation  for services  rendered to the Trust.
Grantor Trust Certificateholders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be
entitled to deduct their share of expenses only to the extent such expenses plus
all other Section 212 expenses exceed two percent of their  respective  adjusted
gross  incomes.  A Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder  using  the cash  method of
accounting must take into account its pro rata share of income and deductions as
and when collected by or paid to the Servicer. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder
using an accrual method of accounting  must take into account its pro rata share
of  income  and  deductions  as they  become  due or are  paid to the  Servicer,
whichever is earlier.  If the servicing  fees paid to the Servicer are deemed to
exceed  reasonable  servicing  compensation,  the amount of such excess could be
considered as an ownership  interest  retained by the Servicer (or any person to
whom the Servicer  assigned for value all or a portion of the servicing fees) in
a portion of the interest  payments on the  Receivables.  The Receivables  would
then be subject to the "coupon stripping" rules of the Code discussed below.

Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons

     Although the tax treatment of stripped bonds is not entirely  clear,  based
on recent guidance by the IRS, it appears that each purchaser of a Grantor Trust
Certificate  will be treated as the purchaser of a stripped bond which generally
should be treated as a single debt instrument  issued on the day it is purchased
for  purposes of  calculating  any original  issue  discount.  Generally,  under
recently issued Treasury regulations (the "Section 1286 Treasury  Regulations"),
if the  discount  on a  stripped  bond is larger  than a de  minimis  amount (as
calculated for purposes of the OID rules of the Code) such stripped bond will be
considered to have been issued with OID. For these  purposes,  OID is the excess
of the "stated  redemption  price at  maturity"  (generally,  principal  and any
interest which is not "qualified stated interest") of a debt instrument over its
issue price.  See "-- Original Issue Discount"  below.  Based on the preamble to
the Section  1286  Treasury  Regulations,  Federal Tax Counsel is of the opinion
that,  although the matter is not  entirely  clear,  the interest  income on the
Certificates  at  the  sum of the  Pass-Through  Rate  and  the  portion  of the
Servicing Fee Rate that does not constitute  excess servicing will be treated as
"qualified  stated  interest"  within the meaning of the Section  1286  Treasury
Regulations  and such income will be so treated in the Trustee's tax information
reporting.  It is possible that the treatment  described in this  paragraph will
apply only to that portion of the Receivables in a particular  trust as to which
there is "excess  servicing" and that the remainder of such Receivables will not
be treated as stripped  bonds,  but as undivided  interests as described  above.
Unless indicated otherwise in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  it is not
anticipated that Grantor Trust  Certificates will be issued with greater than de
minimis OID.



                                       38
<PAGE>

     Original Issue  Discount.  The rules of the Code relating to OID (currently
Sections 1271 though 1273 and 1275) will be applicable to a person comparable to
a Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder  that  acquires an  undivided  interest in a
stripped bond issued or acquired with OID, and such person must include in gross
income the sum of the "daily  portions,"  as defined  below,  of the OID on such
stripped bond for each day on which it owns a Certificate, including the date of
purchase but excluding the date of disposition. It is not clear whether such OID
will be determined under Code Section 1272(a)(6), applicable to debt instruments
whose payments may be  accelerated  by  prepayments  on underlying  obligations.
Unless  indicated  otherwise  in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  it is
anticipated  that  such  approach  will be used,  with OID  accruals  based on a
constant  interest  method  and  a  prepayment   assumption  indicated  in  such
Prospectus   Supplement.   In   the   case   of  an   original   Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder,  the daily  portions of OID generally  would be determined as
follows.  A  calculation  will be made of the portion of OID that accrues on the
stripped bond during each  successive  monthly accrual period (or shorter period
in respect of the date of original issue or the final  Distribution  Date). This
will be done, in the case of each full monthly accrual period, by adding (i) the
present  value of all  remaining  payments to be received on the  stripped  bond
under  the  prepayment   assumption   used  in  respect  of  the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates  and (ii) any payments  received  during such accrual  period,  and
subtracting  from the total the  "adjusted  issue price" of the stripped bond at
the beginning of such accrual period. No representation is made that the Grantor
Trust Certificates will prepay at any prepayment assumption. The "adjusted issue
price" of a stripped bond at the  beginning of the first  accrual  period is its
issue price (as  determined  for  purposes of the OID rules of the Code) and the
"adjusted  issue  price" of a stripped  bond at the  beginning  of a  subsequent
accrual period is the "adjusted issue price" at the beginning of the immediately
preceding accrual period plus the amount of OID allocable to that accrual period
and  reduced  by the  amount  of  any  payment  (other  than  "qualified  stated
interest")  made at the end of or during that accrual  period.  The OID accruing
during  such  accrual  period  will then be divided by the number of days in the
period to  determine  the daily  portion  of OID for each day in the  period.  A
subsequent  Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  will be required to adjust its OID
accrual to reflect its purchase  price,  the  remaining  period to maturity and,
possibly, a new prepayment  assumption.  The Servicer will report to all Grantor
Trust Certificateholders as if they were original holders.

     With respect to the Receivables, the method of calculating OID as described
above will cause the accrual of OID to either  increase  or decrease  (but never
below zero) in any given accrual period to reflect the fact that prepayments are
occurring  at a faster or slower  rate than the  prepayment  assumption  used in
respect of the  Receivables.  Subsequent  purchasers that purchase Grantor Trust
Certificates  at more  than a de  minimis  discount  should  consult  their  tax
advisors with respect to the proper method to accrue such OID.

     Market  Discount.  A  Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder  that  acquires  an
undivided interest in Receivables may be subject to the market discount rules of
Sections 1276 though 1278 to the extent an undivided interest in a Receivable or
stripped  bond is  considered  to have been  purchased  at a "market  discount".
Generally,  the amount of market  discount is equal to the excess of the portion
of the principal  amount of such  Receivable or stripped bond  allocable to such
holder's  undivided  interest  over such  holder's  tax basis in such  interest.
Market discount with respect to a Grantor Trust  Certificate  will be considered
to be zero if the amount allocable to the Grantor Trust Certificate is less than
0.25% of the Grantor Trust  Certificate's  stated  redemption  price at maturity
multiplied  by the  weighted  average  maturity  remaining  after  the  date  of
purchase.  Treasury regulations  implementing the market discount rules have not
yet been issued;  therefore,  investors  should  consult  their own tax advisors
regarding the  application of these rules and the  advisability of making any of
the elections allowed under Code Section 1276 and 1278.

     The Code provides that any principal  payment (whether a scheduled  payment
or a prepayment) or any gain or  disposition of a market  discount bond shall be
treated as  ordinary  income to the extent  that it does not exceed the  accrued
market  discount  at the time of such  payment.  The  amount of  accrued  market
discount for purposes of determining  the tax treatment of subsequent  principal
payments or  dispositions  of the market  discount  bond is to be reduced by the
amount so treated as ordinary income.

     The Code also grants the Treasury Department authority to issue regulations
providing for the  computation of accrued market  discount on debt  instruments,
the  principal  of which is  payable  in more  than one  installment.  While the
Treasury  Department  has not yet issued  regulations,  rules  described  in the
relevant  legislative  history will apply.  Under those  rules,  the holder of a
market  discount bond may elect to accrue market discount either on the basis of
a constant  interest  rate or according to one of the  following  methods.  If a


                                       39
<PAGE>

Grantor Trust Certificate is issued with OID, the amount of market discount that
accrues during any accrual period would be equal to the product of (i) the total
remaining market discount and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the OID
accruing  during the period and the  denominator of which is the total remaining
OID at the  beginning  of the accrual  period.  For Grantor  Trust  Certificates
issued  without OID, the amount of market  discount that accrues during a period
is equal to the product of (i) the total  remaining  market  discount and (ii) a
fraction,  the  numerator of which is the amount of stated  interest paid during
the accrual  period and the  denominator  of which is the total amount of stated
interest  remaining  to be paid at the  beginning  of the  accrual  period.  For
purposes of  calculating  market  discount under any of the above methods in the
case of instruments  (such as the Grantor Trust  Certificates)  that provide for
payments that may be accelerated  by reason of prepayments of other  obligations
securing  such  instruments,   the  same  prepayment  assumption  applicable  to
calculating  the accrual of OID will apply.  Because the  regulations  described
above have not been  issued,  it is  impossible  to predict  what  effect  those
regulations  might  have on the tax  treatment  of a Grantor  Trust  Certificate
purchased at a discount or premium in the secondary market.

     A holder who acquired a Grantor Trust Certificate at a market discount also
may be required to defer a portion of its  interest  deductions  for the taxable
year attributable to any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry
such  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  purchased  with  market  discount.  For these
purposes,  the de minimis  rule  referred to above  applies.  Any such  deferred
interest  expense would not exceed the market  discount that accrues during such
taxable year and is, in general,  allowed as a deduction not later than the year
in which such market discount is includible in income.  If such holder elects to
include market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market discount
instruments  acquired by such holder in that  taxable  year or  thereafter,  the
interest deferral rule described above will not apply.

     Premium. To the extent a Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  is considered to
have  purchased an undivided  interest in a Receivable  or stripped  bond for an
amount  that is greater  than its stated  redemption  price at  maturity of such
Receivable  or stripped  bond,  such  Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder  will be
considered to have  purchased the  Receivable  with  "amortizable  bond premium"
equal in amount to such excess. A Grantor Trust  Certificateholder (who does not
hold the  Certificate  for sale to  customers or in  inventory)  may elect under
Section 171 of the Code to amortize  such  premium.  Under the Code,  premium is
allocated  among the interest  payments on the  Receivables or stripped bonds to
which it relates and is  considered  as an offset  against (and thus a reduction
of) such interest  payments.  With certain  exceptions,  such an election  would
apply to all debt  instruments  held or  subsequently  acquired by the  electing
holder.  Absent such an election,  the premium will be deductible as an ordinary
loss only upon  disposition of the  Certificate or pro rata as principal is paid
on the Receivables or stripped bonds.

     Election to Treat All Interest as OID. The OID regulations permit a Grantor
Trust Certificateholder to elect to accrue all interest,  discount (including de
minimis  market  discount or original  issue  discount) and premium in income as
interest,  based on a constant yield method. If such an election were to be made
with  respect  to  a  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  with  market  discount,   the
Certificate  Owner would be deemed to have made an election to include in income
currently  market  discount  with respect to all other debt  instruments  having
market  discount that such Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  acquires during the
year of the election or thereafter. Similarly, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder
that makes this election for a Grantor Trust  Certificate  that is acquired at a
premium  will be deemed to have made an election to amortize  bond  premium with
respect  to all debt  instruments  having  amortizable  bond  premium  that such
Grantor Trust  Certificateholder  owns or acquires. See "-- Premium" herein. The
election to accrue  interest,  discount  and premium on a constant  yield method
with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate is irrevocable.

         Sale or Exchange of a Grantor Trust Certificate.  Sale or exchange of a
Grantor  Trust  Certificate  prior to its  maturity  will result in gain or loss
equal to the  difference,  if any,  between the amount  received and the owner's
adjusted basis in the Grantor Trust  Certificate.  Such adjusted basis generally
will  equal the  seller's  purchase  price for the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate,
increased  by the OID and any market  discount  included in the  seller's  gross
income with respect to the Grantor Trust Certificate,  and reduced by any market
premium  amortized by the  Depositor  and by  principal  payments on the Grantor
Trust Certificate  previously  received by the seller. Such gain or loss will be
capital  gain or loss to an owner  for which a Grantor  Trust  Certificate  is a


                                       40
<PAGE>

"capital  asset"  within the meaning of Section 1221 (except in the case of gain
attributable  to  accrued  market  discount,  as  noted  above  under  "--Market
Discount"), and will be long-term or short-term depending on whether the Grantor
Trust  Certificate has been owned for the long-term  capital gain holding period
(currently more than one year).

         Grantor Trust  Certificates will be "evidences of indebtedness"  within
the meaning of Section 582(c)(1),  so that gain or loss recognized from the sale
of a Grantor Trust  Certificate by a bank or a thrift  institution to which such
section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.

         Non-U.S.  Persons.  Interest or OID paid to non-U.S.  Owners of Grantor
Trust  Certificates  will be treated as  "portfolio  interest"  for  purposes of
United  States   withholding   tax.  Such  interest   (including  OID,  if  any)
attributable to the underlying Receivables will not be subject to the normal 30%
(or such lower rate provided for by an applicable  tax treaty)  withholding  tax
imposed on such amounts provided that (i) the Non-U.S.  Certificate Owner is not
a "10% shareholder"  (within the definition of Section 871(h)(3)) of any obligor
on the  Receivables;  and is not a controlled  foreign  corporation  (within the
definition  of Section 957) related to any Obligor on the  Receivables  and (ii)
such Certificate Owner fulfills certain certification requirements.  Under these
requirements, the Certificate Owner must certify, under penalty of perjury, that
it is not a "United  States  person" and must provide its name and address.  For
this purpose  "United  States  person" means a citizen or resident of the United
States, a corporation, partnership other entity created or organized in or under
the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or an estate
or trust the income of which is  includible  in gross  income for United  States
federal income tax purposes,  without regard to its source.  If,  however,  such
interest or gain is effectively  connected to the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States by such Certificate  Owner,  such owner will be subject
to United  States  federal  income tax  thereon at  graduated  rates.  Potential
investors  who are not  United  States  persons  should  consult  their  own tax
advisors regarding the specific tax consequences of owning a Certificate.

         Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The Servicer will furnish
or make available, within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year,
to each person who was a Grantor Trust Certificateholder at any time during such
year, such information as may be deemed necessary or desirable to assist Grantor
Trust  Certificateholders  in preparing their federal income tax returns,  or to
enable  holders  to make such  information  available  to  beneficial  owners or
financial  intermediaries  that hold Grantor Trust  Certificates  as nominees on
behalf  of  beneficial  owners.  If  a  holder,   beneficial  owner,   financial
intermediary  or other  recipient of a payment on behalf of a  beneficial  owner
fails to supply a certified taxpayer  identification  number or if the Secretary
of the  Treasury  determines  that such person has not reported all interest and
dividend  income  required  to be shown on its federal  income tax  return,  31%
backup  withholding  may be required with respect to any  payments.  Any amounts
deducted and withheld from a distribution  to a recipient  would be allowed as a
credit against such recipient's federal income tax liability.


                                *   *   *

         THE FEDERAL TAX  DISCUSSIONS  SET FORTH ABOVE ARE  INCLUDED FOR GENERAL
INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A  CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S
PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.  PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF CERTIFICATES SHOULD CONSULT
THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF CERTIFICATES,  INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER
STATE,  LOCAL AND FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES
IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section  406 of ERISA,  and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,
profit sharing or other employee benefit plan, as well as individual  retirement
accounts and certain  types of Keogh Plans (each,  a "Plan"),  from  engaging in
certain  transactions  involving "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in
interest" under ERISA or  "disqualified  persons" under the Code with respect to
the Plan.  ERISA also imposes  certain duties on persons who are  fiduciaries of
Plans subject to ERISA and  prohibits  certain  transactions  between a Plan and
parties in interest  with  respect to such Plans.  Under  ERISA,  any person who
exercises any authority or control with respect to the management or disposition
of the assets of a Plan is considered to be a fiduciary of such Plan (subject to
certain  exceptions  not  here  relevant).  A  violation  of  these  "prohibited
transaction" rules may generate excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and
the Code for such persons.



                                       41
<PAGE>

     Certain  transactions  involving  a Trust  might be  deemed  to  constitute
prohibited  transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Benefit Plan
that purchased  Certificates  if assets of the Trust were deemed to be assets of
the Benefit Plan.  Under a regulation  issued by the United Sates  Department of
Labor (the "Plan Assets Regulations"), the assets of a Trust would be treated as
plan assets of a Benefit Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the
Benefit  Plan  acquired  an  "equity  interest"  in the  Trust  and  none of the
exceptions  contained in the Plan Assets  Regulation was  applicable.  An equity
interest is defined under the Plan Assets  Regulation as an interest  other than
an instrument that is treated as  indebtedness  under  applicable  local law and
which has no substantial  equity features.  The likely treatment in this context
of  Certificates  of a given Series will be discussed in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

     Employee benefit plans that are  governmental  plans (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and certain  church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.

     A plan fiduciary considering the purchase of Certificates of a given Series
should consult its tax and/or legal advisors regarding whether the assets of the
related  Trust would be considered  plan assets,  the  possibility  of exemptive
relief  from the  prohibited  transaction  rules  and  other  issues  and  their
potential consequences.

     The U.S. Department of Labor has granted to the underwriter (or in the case
of series offered by more than one underwriter,  the lead underwriter)  named in
each Prospectus  Supplement an exemption (the  "Exemption")  from certain of the
prohibited  transaction rules of ERISA with respect to the initial purchase, the
holding and the subsequent resale by Benefit Plans of certificates  representing
interests  in   asset-backed   pass-through   trusts  that  consist  of  certain
receivables,   loans  and  other   obligations  that  meet  the  conditions  and
requirements of the Exemption.  The receivables covered by the Exemption include
motor vehicle installment sales contracts such as the Receivables. The Exemption
will  apply  to  the   acquisition,   holding  and  resale  of   nonsubordinated
Certificates  (referred to herein as "Senior  Certificates") by a Plan, provided
that certain conditions (certain of which are described below) are met.

     Among the  conditions  that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply to
the Senior Certificates are the following:

          (1) The Trust is considered  to consist  solely of  obligations  which
     bear interest or are purchased at a discount and which are secured by motor
     vehicles or equipment,  or "qualified  motor vehicle leases" (as defined in
     the  Exemption),  property that had secured such  obligations  or qualified
     motor vehicle leases, cash or temporary  investments maturing no later than
     the  next  date  on  which  distributions  are to be  made  to  the  Senior
     Certificate  Owners,  and  rights  of the  Trustee  under the  Pooling  and
     Servicing  Agreement and under credit support  arrangements with respect to
     such obligations or qualified motor vehicle leases.

          (2) The  acquisition of the Senior  Certificates by a Plan is on terms
     (including  the price  for the  Senior  Certificates)  that are at least as
     favorable to the Plan as they would be in an arm's length  transaction with
     an unrelated party;

          (3) The  rights and  interests  evidenced  by the Senior  Certificates
     acquired  by the Plan are not  subordinated  to the  rights  and  interests
     evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;

          (4) The  Senior  Certificates  acquired  by the Plan have  received  a
     rating at the time of such  acquisition that is in one of the three highest
     generic  rating  categories  from either  Standard & Poor's  Ratings Group,
     Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. or Fitch
     Investors Service, L.P.;

          (5) The related Trustee is not an affiliate of any other member of the
     Restricted Group (as defined below);

          (6) The sum of all payments  made to the  underwriters  in  connection
     with the distribution of the Senior  Certificates  represents not more than
     reasonable  compensation for underwriting the Senior Certificates;  the sum
     of all payments made to and retained by the Depositor  pursuant to the sale
     of the  Contracts to the related  Trust  represents  not more than the fair
     market value of such  Contracts;  and the sum of all  payments  made to and
     retained by the Servicer  represents not more than reasonable  compensation
     for the  Servicer's  services  under  the  related  Pooling  and  Servicing
     Agreement  and  reimbursement  of the  Servicer's  reasonable  expenses  in
     connection therewith; and



                                       42
<PAGE>

          (7) The Plan  investing in the Senior  Certificates  is an "accredited
     investor" as defined in Rule  501(a)(1) of  Regulation D of the  Commission
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     Moreover,    the   Exemption    would    provide    relief   from   certain
self-dealing/conflict  of interest or  prohibited  transactions  only if,  among
other requirements, (i) in the case of the acquisition of Senior Certificates in
connection  with the  initial  issuance,  at least  fifty  percent of the Senior
Certificates  are acquired by persons  independent of the  Restricted  Group (as
defined below),  (ii) the Benefit Plan's investment in Senior  Certificates does
not exceed twenty-five percent of all of the Senior Certificates  outstanding at
the time of the acquisition and (ii) immediately after the acquisition,  no more
than  twenty-five  percent of the assets of the  benefit  Plan are  invested  in
certificates  representing an interest in one or more trusts  containing  assets
sold or  serviced  by the same  entity.  The  Exemption  does not apply to Plans
sponsored by the Depositor, any underwriter,  the related Trustee, the Servicer,
any obligor with respect to Contracts included in the related Trust constituting
more than five percent of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the
assets in the Trust, or any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").

     As mentioned above, whether or not the Exemption will apply to the purchase
and holding of Senior  Certificates by Plans will depend on, among other things,
whether the Trust consists solely of permitted  assets.  The Exemption  provides
that a Trust may include,  among other assets,  undistributed  cash or temporary
investments  made  therewith  maturing  no later  than  the  next  date on which
distributions  are to be made to  Certificateholders.  There can be no assurance
that the cash or Eligible  Investments  in the Cash  Collateral  Account and the
Yield Supplement Account or the cash or Eligible  Investments in the Pre-Funding
Account  or  Pre-Funding  Reserve  Account  held by the  Trust  would  meet this
definition, and not render the Exemption inapplicable. In view of the foregoing,
any Plan fiduciary who proposes to cause a Plan to purchase Senior  Certificates
should  consult with its own counsel with  respect to the  applicability  of the
Exemption and should  determine  whether all of the  conditions of the Exemption
have been satisfied.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     On the terms and  conditions  set forth in an  underwriting  agreement with
respect to a given Series (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the Depositor  will
agree to cause the related Trust to sell to the  underwriters  named therein and
in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and  each  of such  underwriters  will
severally agree to purchase,  the principal amount of each class of Certificates
of  the  related  Series  set  forth  therein  and  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

     In each  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  several  underwriters  will  agree,
subject to the terms and conditions  set forth  therein,  to purchase all of the
Certificates  described  therein  that are  offered  hereby  and by the  related
Prospectus Supplement if any of such Certificates are purchased.

     Each  Prospectus  Supplement  will  either (i) set forth the price at which
each class of  Certificates  being offered thereby will be offered to the public
and any concessions that may be offered to certain dealers  participating in the
offering of such Certificates or (ii) specify that the related  Certificates are
to be resold by the underwriters in negotiated transactions at varying prices to
be determined at the time of such sale. After the initial public offering of any
such  Certificates,  such public  offering  prices and such  concessions  may be
changed.

     Each  Underwriting  Agreement  will provide that UAC and the Depositor will
indemnify the related underwriters against certain civil liabilities,  including
liabilities  under the  Securities  Act, or  contribute  to payments the several
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     Each Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in the related Accounts
in Eligible Investments acquired from such underwriters.

     Pursuant  to each  Underwriting  Agreement,  the closing of the sale of any
class of Certificates  subject thereto will be conditioned on the closing of the
sale of all other classes of Certificates of such Series.

     The place and time of  delivery  for the  Certificates  in respect of which
this  Prospectus  is  delivered  will be set  forth  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.



                                       43
<PAGE>

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters  relating to the  Certificates  of any Series will be
passed upon for the related  Trust,  the  Depositor and the Servicer by Barnes &
Thornburg,  Indianapolis,  Indiana,  and for  the  underwriters  by  Cadwalader,
Wickersham & Taft,  New York, New York or such other firm as shall be identified
in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Certain  federal  income tax and other
matters  will be passed upon for each Trust by  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft,
Barnes &  Thornburg  or such other firm as shall be  identified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

     Set forth below is a list of certain of the more significant  terms used in
this  Prospectus  and the pages on which the  definitions  of such  terms may be
found herein.

     TERM                                                                 PAGE
     Actuarial Receivables.............................................    17
     Advance   ........................................................     7
     Approved Rating...................................................    24
     Cash Collateral Account...........................................    26
     Cede  ............................................................    13
     Certificate Account  .............................................    23
     Certificate Balance   ............................................     5
     Certificate Owners  ..............................................19, 34
     Certificate Pool Factor  .........................................    17
     Certificateholders    ............................................    14
     Certificates   ...................................................     1
     Class Certificate Balance   ......................................     3
     Closing Date  ....................................................     5
     Code  ............................................................    34
     Collection Period  ...............................................     7
     Commission   .....................................................     2
     Contracts.........................................................     5
     Contract Rate.....................................................     8
     Cutoff Date   ....................................................     4
     Dealers   ........................................................     5
     Definitive Certificates  .........................................    20
     Depositor.........................................................     3
     Distribution Date  ...............................................    18
     DTC  .............................................................    13
     Eligible Deposit Account   .......................................    24
     Eligible Institution   ...........................................    24
     Eligible Investments  ............................................    23
     ERISA  ...........................................................    10
     Events of Default  ...............................................    28
     Exchange Act......................................................     2
     Exemption.........................................................    42
     Federal Tax Counsel...............................................     9
     Final Scheduled Distribution Date.................................    24
     Final Scheduled Maturity Date   ..................................     8
     Financed Vehicles  ...............................................     4
     FTC Rule  ........................................................    32
     Funding Period   .................................................     6
     Grantor Trust Certificates  ......................................    38
     Grantor Trust Certificateholder...................................    38
     Indirect Participants   ..........................................    19
     Insolvency Event  ................................................    29


                                       44
<PAGE>

     Insolvency Laws...................................................    18
     Investment Earnings  .............................................    28
     Investment Income.................................................    23
     Investment Shortfall..............................................     7
     IRS  .............................................................    38
     Obligor   ........................................................     8
     OID   ............................................................    34
     Participants   ...................................................    19
     Pass-Through Rate    .............................................     3
     Payaheads.........................................................    16
     Payahead Account   ...............................................    23
     Plan  ............................................................    41
     Plan Asset Regulation.............................................    42
     Pooling and Servicing Agreement   ................................     3
     Pool Balance......................................................     8
     Precomputed Receivables   ........................................    16
     Predecessor.......................................................     5
     Pre-Funded Amount    .............................................     5
     Pre-Funding Account    ...........................................  5,23
     Prospectus Supplement   ..........................................     1
     Purchase Agreement................................................     5
     Purchase Amount  .................................................    22
     Rating Agencies   ................................................     9
     Receivables    ...................................................    1, 4
     Receivables Pool  ................................................    13
     Registration Statement   .........................................     2
     Restricted Group..................................................    43
     Rules   ..........................................................    19
     Rule of 78's Receivables..........................................    16
     Senior Certificates ..............................................    42
     Series   .........................................................     1
     Servicer   .......................................................     3
     Servicer Default  ................................................    32
     Servicing Fee   ..................................................    25
     Servicing Fee Rate  ..............................................    25
     Short-Term Note  .................................................    40
     Simple Interest Receivables  .....................................    15
     Strip Certificates   .............................................     3
     Subsequent Receivables    ........................................     6
     Subsequent Transfer Date .........................................    10
     Transfer and Servicing Agreements ................................    21
     Trust    .........................................................     1
     Trust Accounts   .................................................    23
     Trustee    .......................................................     3
     UAFC..............................................................     5
     UCC   ............................................................    19
     Underwriting Agreement  ..........................................    43


                                       45
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     Expenses  in  connection  with  the  offering  of  the  Certificates  being
registered herein are estimated as follows:

   
     SEC registration fee .....................................   $  689,655.17
     Legal fees and expenses ..................................      720,000.00
     Accounting fees and expenses .............................       96,000.00
     Blue sky fees and expenses ...............................        9,000.00
     Rating agency fees .......................................      840,000.00
     Trustees' fees and expenses ..............................       51,000.00
     Printing .................................................       90,000.00
     Miscellaneous ............................................    1,200,000.00
                                                                     ----------
         Total.................................................   $3,695,655.17
                                                                   ------------
- - - - ------------
    


Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Section  145  of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  provides  that a
Delaware   corporation  may  indemnify  any  persons,   including  officers  and
directors,  who are, or are  threatened to be made,  parties to any  threatened,
pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding,  whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such
corporation),  by reason of the fact that such person was an officer or director
of such corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The
indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement  actually and  reasonably  incurred by such person in
connection  with such claim,  suit or proceeding,  provided that such officer or
director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be
in or not  opposed  to the  corporation's  best  interests,  and,  for  criminal
proceedings,  had no  reasonable  cause to believe  that his or her  conduct was
illegal.  A Delaware  corporation  may  indemnify  officers and  directors in an
action by or in the right of the corporation  under the same conditions,  except
that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or
director  is  adjudged  to be liable to the  corporation.  Where an  officer  or
director is  successful  on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above,  the  corporation  must  indemnify  such  officer or director
against the  expenses  that such  officer or director  actually  and  reasonably
incurred.

     The Bylaws of UAC Securitization Corporation provide for indemnification of
officers  and  directors to the full extent  permitted  by the Delaware  General
Corporation Law.

     The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  provides  that the  Servicer,  any
subservicer and the partners, directors, officers, employees or agents of any of
them will be entitled to  indemnification by the Trust and will be held harmless
against any loss,  liability or expense  incurred in  connection  with any legal
action  relating to the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  or the  Certificates,
other  than any loss,  liability  or  expense  incurred  by  reason  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of such persons
duties thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of such persons obligations
and duties thereunder.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

   
Item 16.  Exhibits.

            *  1       Underwriting  Agreement  Standard  Provisions  for  UACSC
                       Trusts

               3       Certificate   of   Incorporation   and   Bylaws   of  UAC
                       Securitization  Corporation (incorporated by reference to
                       Exhibit 3 to Form S-3 of UACSC 1995-A Grantor Trust, Reg.
                       No. 33- 88352)

               4.1(a)  Form of  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  for  Grantor
                       Trusts  including form of Certificates  (incorporated  by
                       reference to Exhibit  4.1(a) to Form S-3  Amendment No. 1
                       of UACSC Auto Trusts, Reg. No. 33-97320)

               4.1(b)  Form of Standard  Terms and  Conditions  of UACSC Grantor
                       Trusts  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  4.1(b) to
                       Form S-3 Amendment  No. 1 of UACSC Auto Trusts,  Reg. No.
                       33- 97320)

            *  4.2     Form of Pooling and Servicing  Agreement for trusts other
                       than Grantor Trusts, including form of Certificates

               5(a)    Opinion  of  Barnes &  Thornburg  with  respect  to
                       legality of the Certificates, dated July 17, 1996

               5(b)    Opinion  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft with respect
                       to legality of the Certificates, dated July 17, 1996

                8      Opinion  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham & Taft with  respect
                       to tax matters, dated July 17, 1996

            *  10      Form of Purchase Agreement

               23(a)   Consent of Barnes & Thornburg (included in Exhibit 5.(a))
                       
               23(b)   Consent of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft  (included in
                       Exhibit 5(b))

               23(c)   Consent of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft  (included in
                       Exhibit 8)

            *  24      Power of Attorney

- - - - ----------------------
    

*  Previously filed.

Item 17. Undertakings.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

         (a) To file during any period in which  offers or sales are being made,
     a post-effective  amendment to this  registration  statement to include any
     material   information  with  respect  to  the  plan  of  distribution  not
     previously  disclosed in the registration  statement or any material change
     to such information in the registration statement.

         (b) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
     Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  each such
     post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
     relating  to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such
     securities  at that  time  shall be  deemed  to be the  initial  bona  fide
     offering thereof.

         (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment
     any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
     termination of the offering.

         (d) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
     each filing of the Registrant's annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or
     Section 15(d) of the Certificates Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated
     by  reference  in the  registration  statement  shall be deemed to be a new
     registration  statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
     offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
     bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

         (e) To provide to the  Underwriters  at the  closing  specified  in the
     Underwriting  Agreements  certificates in such denominations and registered
     in such names as required by the Underwriters to provide prompt delivery to
     each purchaser.

         (f)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
     Securities  Act may be permitted  to  directors,  officers and  controlling
     persons  of  the  Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or
     otherwise,  the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") such  indemnification
     is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and is,
     therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a claim for  indemnification
     against  such  liabilities  (other  than the payment by the  Registrant  of
     expenses incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of
     the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
     is asserted by such director,  officer or controlling  person in connection
     with the securities being  registered,  the Registrant will,  unless in the
     opinion  of  its  counsel  the  matter  has  been  settled  by  controlling
     precedent,  submit  to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question
     whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
     the Securities Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication  of such
     issue.

         (g) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
     the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of this
     registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
     of prospectus filed by the Registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
     497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

         (h) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the  securities
     offered therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies  that it has  reasonable  grounds to believe  that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-3, and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to
be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized in the
City of Indianapolis, State of Indiana, on July 17, 1996.
    

                                             UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                                             as Depositor
                                             (Registrant)

                                             By /s/ John M. Stainbrook
                                                -------------------------------
                                                    John M. Stainbrook
                                                      President

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

   
     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 has been  signed by the  following  persons in the  capacities  and on the
dates indicated.


UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION                        Date: July 17, 1996
    

         Signature                                    Title
    ----------------------                    ------------------------

    /s/ John M. Stainbrook                    President and Director
    -----------------------------                 (Principal Executive Officer)
       John M. Stainbrook

   /s/ Rick A. Brown
    -----------------------------               Treasurer (Principal Financial
           Rick A. Brown                          and Accounting Officer)

   
    /s/ Jerry D. Von Deylen *
    -----------------------------               Director
        Jerry D. Von Deylen


     /s/ Cynthia F. Whitaker *          
    -----------------------------               Director
       Cynthia F. Whitaker

    /s/ Amanda D. Foster *
    -----------------------------               Director                    
        Amanda D. Foster

    /s/ Thomas J. Kelleher, III *
    -----------------------------               Director        
     Thomas J. Kelleher, III

*    The  undersigned,  John M.  Stainbrook,  executes  this  Amendment No. 1 as
     attorney-in-fact of the persons designated above.
    

    /s/ John M. Stainbrook
    ------------------------
    John M. Stainbrook, Attorney-in-Fact


                                      II-4

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                                                           
- - - - -----------                                                           

   
*      1       Underwriting  Agreement  Standard  Provisions
               for UACSC Trusts                                        

       3       Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of
               UAC Securitization  Corporation (incorporated
               by  reference  to  Exhibit  3 to Form  S-3 of
               UACSC   1995-A   Grantor   Trust,   Reg.  No.
               33-88352)

       4.1(a)  Form of Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement for
               Grantor Trusts including form of Certificates
               (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a)
               to Form S-3  Amendment  No.  1 of UACSC  Auto
               Trusts, Reg. No. 33-97320)

       4.1(b)  Form of  Standard  Terms  and  Conditions  of
               UACSC   Grantor   Trusts   (incorporated   by
               reference  to  Exhibit  4.1(b)  to  Form  S-3
               Amendment  No. 1 of UACSC Auto  Trusts,  Reg.
               No. 33-97320)

*      4.2     Form of Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement for
               trusts   other  than   grantor   trusts                 
               (including form of Certificates)

       5(a)    Opinion of Barnes & Thornburg with respect to
               legality   of   the    Certificates,    dated
               July 17, 1996

       5(b)    Opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with
               respect  to  legality  of  the  Certificates,
               dated July 17, 1996

        8      Opinion of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft
               with  respect  to  tax  matters,  dated
               July 17, 1996

*      10      Form of Purchase Agreement                              

       23(a)   Consent of Barnes &  Thornburg  (included  in
               Exhibit 5(a))

       23(b)   Consent  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  &  Taft
               (included in Exhibit 5(b))

       23(c)   Consent  of  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  &  Taft
               (included in Exhibit 8)

*      24      Power of Attorney
- - - - -------
*  Previously filed.
    




                                                                   July 17, 1996

UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
250 North Shadeland Avenue
Suite 210A
Indianapolis, Indiana  46219

         Re:      UACSC Auto Trusts (Registration No. 333-06929)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     You  have  requested  our  opinion  in  connection  with  the  Registration
Statement on Form S-3  ("Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities Act of
1933,  as amended (the  "Act"),  regarding  the  issuance by UAC  Securitization
Corporation ("UACSC"),  as originator of asset backed certificates by UACSC Auto
Trusts (the "Trusts"), of Automobile Receivable Pass-Through  Certificates to be
issued by the Trusts  (the  "Certificates").  We have  examined  such  corporate
records,  certificates, and other documents, and have reviewed such questions of
law as we have  considered  necessary  or  appropriate  for the purposes of this
opinion.

     On the basis of such  examination  and review,  we advise you that,  in our
opinion,  when (i) the  Registration  Statement  on Form S-3 filed by UACSC with
respect  to the Trusts  shall  have  become  effective  under the Act;  (ii) the
applicable  Prospectus  Supplement  has  been  prepared,  completed,  filed  and
delivered in  accordance  with the Act;  (iii)  pricing and similar terms in the
applicable Pooling and Servicing Agreement (each, an "Agreement")  between UACSC
as  depositor,  Union  Acceptance  Corporation,  as servicer,  and Bankers Trust
Company,  as  Trustee  ("Trustee")  have been  appropriately  completed  and the
applicable  Agreement  has  been  duly  executed  and  delivered;  and  (iv) the
Certificates shall have been executed,  authenticated,  issued, and delivered by
the Trustee under the applicable Agreement and sold in accordance with the terms
set forth in the applicable form of Underwriting  Agreement between UACSC, Union
Acceptance Corporation and the applicable underwriter or underwriters,  relating
to the  Certificates,  the  Certificates  will be validly and legally issued and
will be entitled to the benefits  afforded by the Agreement under which they are
issued.

     The  foregoing is limited to the  application  of the internal  laws of the
States of Indiana and New York and  applicable  federal  law,  and no opinion is
expressed   herein  as  to  any  matter  governed  by  the  laws  of  any  other
jurisdiction,  provided, that as to matters governed by the laws of the State of
New York, we have relied upon the opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft dated
July 17, 1996.


<PAGE>


UAC SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
July 17, 1996
Page 2



         We hereby  consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5(a) to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  reference  to us under the  heading  "Legal
Opinions" in the  Prospectus  forming  part of the  Registration  Statement.  In
giving  such  consent,  we do not thereby  admit that we are in the  category of
persons  whose  consent is required  under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

                                                     Very truly yours,



                                                     /s/ BARNES & THORNBURG
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     BARNES & THORNBURG


                                                                   July 17, 1996

Barnes & Thornburg
1313 Merchants Bank Building
11 South Meridian Street
Indianapolis, Indiana  46204

                    Re:  UACSC Auto Trusts:  Automobile Receivable  Pass-Through
                         Certificates

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We are delivering the opinion to you in connection  with your opinion dated
the date hereof (the "Barnes & Thornburg  Opinion") set forth as Exhibit 5(a) to
the  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No.  333-06929  and  Post-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to  Registration  No.  33-97320),  as amended by Amendment No. 1
thereto  (as  amended,  the  "Registration  Statement"),  on Form S-3  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the  "Act").  The  Registration  Statement
covers Automobile Receivable  Pass-Through  Certificates  ("Certificates") to be
sold by UAC Securitization  Corporation ("UACSC") in one or more series (each, a
"Series") of Certificates.

     In connection  with the  Registration  Statement and the Barnes & Thornburg
Opinion,  you have  requested  our  opinion as to certain  New York law  matters
relating  to (i) the  forms of  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  set forth as
Exhibits 4.1(a), 4.1(b) and 4.2 to the Registration Statement one of which is to
be entered into with respect to each Series of  Certificates  (each,  a "Pooling
and  Servicing   Agreement")   among  UACSC,  as  depositor,   Union  Acceptance
Corporation  ("UAC"),  as  servicer,  and a  trustee  to be  identified  in  the
Prospectus Supplement for such Series of Certificates (a "Trustee") and (ii) the
form of  Underwriting  Agreement  set  forth as  Exhibit  1 to the  Registration
Statement  to be entered into with  respect to the sale of the  Certificates  of
each  Series  (each,  an  "Underwriting  Agreement")  among  UACSC,  UAC and the
underwriters to be identified in the Prospectus  Supplement for each Series.  We
have examined the forms of Pooling and Servicing Agreement set forth as Exhibits
4.1(a),  4.1(b)  and  4.2  to  the  Registration   Statement  and  the  form  of
Underwriting Agreement set forth as Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement, and
have  reviewed  such  questions  of  law  as we  have  considered  necessary  or
appropriate for the purposes of this opinion.

     We do not express any opinions herein as to matters  governed by the law of
any jurisdiction other than the State of New York. In rendering the opinions set
forth  below,  we have  relied  with your  permission  on the Barnes & Thornburg
Opinion as to all matters governed by the law of any jurisdiction other than the
State of New York.

     Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that none of the provisions
contained  in the form of  Underwriting  Agreement  or the form of  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  would be  interpreted  under New York law in a manner that
would cause any  Certificates,  when (i) the  Registration  Statement shall have
become  effective  under the Act,  (ii) pricing and similar terms in the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall have been appropriately completed and such
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  shall have been duly executed and delivered by
all  parties  thereto,  and (iii) such  Certificates  shall have been  executed,
authenticated, issued and delivered by the Trustee under the related Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement and sold in accordance with the terms set forth in the form
of  Underwriting  Agreement  relating  to such  Certificates,  not to be validly
issued  or  entitled  to the  benefits  of the  related  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.

     We  are   furnishing   this  opinion  to  you  solely  for  your   benefit,
understanding  that  you will be  relying  on this  opinion,  as to New York law
matters only,  for the purpose of rendering the Barnes & Thornburg  Opinion.  In
this  regard,  we consent to the filing of this  opinion as Exhibit  5(b) to the
Registration Statement.  However, nothing contained herein shall be construed as
an  admission  by us that we are in the  category  of persons  whose  consent is
required  under  Section  7 of the  Act  or the  rules  and  regulations  of the
Securities and Exchange Commission  thereunder.  Except as mentioned above, this
opinion is not to be used,  circulated,  quoted or otherwise referred to for any
other purpose.

                                               Very truly yours,



                                               /s/ Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft




                                                                   July 17, 1996




UAC Securitization Corporation
250 North Shadeland Ave., Suite 210A
Indianapolis, Indiana  46219

                    Re:  UACSC Auto Trusts:  Automobile Receivable  Pass-Through
                         Certificates


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as special tax counsel to UAC  Securitization  Corporation in
connection  with the filing of the  Registration  Statement  (as defined  below)
providing for the issuance of Automobile  Receivable  Pass-Through  Certificates
(the  "Certificates")  by the UACSC Auto  Trusts.  In such  capacity,  we hereby
confirm  to you our  opinion  with  respect  to such of the  federal  income tax
consequences of the purchase,  ownership, and disposition of the Certificates as
is set forth under the heading "Certain Federal Income Tax  Consequences" in the
Prospectus  included in the Registration  Statement  (Registration No. 333-06929
and  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to Registration  No. 33-97320) filed by UAC
Securitization  Corporation  with the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission   (the   "Commission")   in  connection  with  the  offering  of  the
Certificates,  as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto filed herewith (as amended,
the "Registration  Statement").  Such descriptions,  however,  do not purport to
discuss all possible federal income tax  ramifications of the proposed  issuance
of the Certificates.

     We  hereby  consent  to the  filing  of this  opinion  as  Exhibit 8 to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  reference to us under the heading  "Certain
Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences"  in  the  Prospectus  forming  part  of  the
Registration Statement.  However, nothing contained herein shall be construed as
an  admission  by us that we are in the  category  of persons  whose  consent is
required  under  Section  7 of the  Act  or the  rules  and  regulations  of the
Commission thereunder.

     Except as  mentioned  above,  this  opinion is not to be used,  circulated,
quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose.

                                               Very truly yours,



                                               /s/ Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission